MacVim Snapshot 168

Updated to Vim 8.2.2127. *Note*: This release doesn't natively support Apple Silicon / M1 yet, but does work under Rosetta. See below. Features ==================== Big Sur / macOS 11 -------------------- - MacVim now has an updated app icon (#1054), and preference pane / toolbars have been updated to match Big Sur's interface guidelines. (#1128) - Fixed Touch Bar warnings when launching MacVim from the terminal. #1114 - SF Symbol characters will show up properly as double-width as most of these icons would take up more than one column. Note that these characters are specific to macOS and would not work in other platforms. #1129 Renderer / scrolling performance improvements -------------------- The Core Text renderer has been rewritten and is now much faster! Scrolling should not stutter and lag like before and generally it should feel a lot smoother now. Thanks to Sidney San Martín (@s4y) for the contribution. #858 With this change, the non-Core-Text renderer is now considered deprecated. The old renderer is accessible either through the Preference Pane (under Advanced) or by setting the defaults "MMRenderer" to 0. It works for now, but it will be removed in a future update as it has known bugs. Menu Localization -------------------- Menus are now localized, see `:h langmenu` for how Vim menu localization works. You can use `set langmenu=none` to turn it off if you would like. #1099 There still exists a few menu items that are not localized, and the general MacVim GUI is not localized as well. If you would like to help, please use #1102 to coordinate with MacVim dev team. Getting help / Help menu -------------------- - Help menu's search bar now searches Vim documentation as well! See #1095. - Vimtutor is now bundled with MacVim, and you can access vimtutor from the Help menu (#1096). There is also a link to the latest release notes as well (#1131). General ==================== - This release does not contain a native universal app for Apple Silicon / M1 Macs yet. The release binary will still work under Rosetta, which should provide enough performance, but if you use Python/etc plugins, you need to make sure you have x86 versions of Python/etc installed (which is still the default for Homebrew as of this release). MacVim is buildable under Apple Silicon, so if you need a native binary, you could build it yourself by downloading the source from the Github repository. See #1136 for progress on releasing a universal app for Apple Silicon. - MacVim has enabled the Github Discussions feature, which serves as a good spot for general discussions and questions. See https://github.com/macvim-dev/macvim/discussions/1130 and check it out! Fixes ==================== - Launching MacVim from the Dock with locales that use "," for decimal separators now works correctly. #11 (Vim 8.2.1738) - `WinBar` menus (which are used by plugins like vimspector) now work properly and don't create dummy menu items. #918 - Using `:browse tabnew` no longer crashes MacVim in terminal mode. #1107 (Vim 8.2.1842) Misc ==================== - Scripting languages versions: - Python is now built against 3.9, up from 3.8. - Lua is now built against 5.4, up from 5.3. Compatibility ==================== Requires macOS 10.9 or above. Script interfaces have compatibility with these versions: - Lua 5.4 - Perl 5.18 - Python2 2.7 - Python3 3.9 - Ruby 2.7
Merge pull request #1137 from ychin/fix-travis-ci-x86-only-configure-with-macarchs
2026-05-28 00:21:57 +02:00 · 2020-12-11 21:34:07 -08:00 · 2020-12-11 21:31:52 -08:00 · 2020-12-11 21:01:48 -08:00 · 2020-12-11 21:01:12 -08:00 · 2020-12-11 01:12:57 -08:00
1014 changed files with 69865 additions and 19627 deletions
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+# Lines starting with '#' are comments.
+# Each line is a file pattern followed by one or more owners.
+# You can use github users with @user or email addresses
+
+# These owners will be the default owners for everything in the repo.
+#*       @brammool
+
+# Order is important. The last matching pattern has the most precedence.
+# So if a pull request only touches javascript files, only these owners
+# will be requested to review.
+
+src/iscygpty.*				@k-takata
+src/libvterm/				@leonerd
+
+runtime/autoload/getscript.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/netrw.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim	@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim	@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim	@segfault @dkearns
+runtime/autoload/tar.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/vimball.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/zip.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/compiler/checkstyle.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/cucumber.vim		@tpope
+runtime/compiler/dart.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dart2js.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dart2native.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dartanalyser.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dartdevc.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dartdoc.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dartfmt.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/eruby.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/gawk.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/gjs.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/haml.vim		@tpope
+runtime/compiler/javac.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/jest.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/jjs.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/jshint.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/jsonlint.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/lazbuild.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/php.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/rake.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/compiler/rhino.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/rspec.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/compiler/rubocop.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/ruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/compiler/rubyunit.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/sass.vim		@tpope
+runtime/compiler/se.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/shellcheck.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/stylelint.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/tcl.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/tidy.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/ts-node.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/tsc.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/typedoc.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/xmllint.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/xo.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/zsh.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt		@cecamp
+runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt		@cecamp
+runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt		@cecamp
+runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt			@cecamp
+runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt		@cecamp
+runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt			@cecamp
+runtime/ftplugin/awk.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/bst.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/cfg.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/ftplugin/css.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/cucumber.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/eiffel.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/eruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/git.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/gitcommit.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/gitrebase.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/gitsendemail.vim	@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/haml.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/ftplugin/javascript.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/javascriptreact.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/kconfig.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/ftplugin/liquid.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/markdown.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/matlab.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/ftplugin/nroff.vim		@a-vrma
+runtime/ftplugin/nsis.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/ftplugin/pdf.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/ruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/sass.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/scss.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/tmux.vim		@ericpruitt
+runtime/ftplugin/typescript.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/typescriptreact.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/xml.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/ftplugin/zsh.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/indent/bst.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/cs.vim			@nickspoons
+runtime/indent/cucumber.vim		@tpope
+runtime/indent/dosbatch.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/indent/eruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/indent/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
+runtime/indent/haml.vim			@tpope
+runtime/indent/liquid.vim		@tpope
+runtime/indent/nsis.vim			@k-takata
+runtime/indent/ruby.vim			@AndrewRadev @dkearns
+runtime/indent/sass.vim			@tpope
+runtime/indent/scss.vim			@tpope
+runtime/indent/sh.vim			@chrisbra
+runtime/indent/xml.vim			@chrisbra
+runtime/indent/zsh.vim			@chrisbra
+runtime/indent/teraterm.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/		@chrisbra
+runtime/plugin/getscriptPlugin.vim	@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/logiPat.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/tarPlugin.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/vimballPlugin.vim	@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/zipPlugin.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/amiga.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/asm.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/asmh8300.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/awk.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/bst.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/cabalconfig.vim		@coot
+runtime/syntax/cabalproject.vim		@coot
+runtime/syntax/cs.vim			@nickspoons
+runtime/syntax/csh.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/cucumber.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/dcl.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/dtd.vim			@chrisbra
+runtime/syntax/elmfilt.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/eruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/syntax/exports.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/git.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/gitcommit.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/gitrebase.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/haml.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/haskell.vim		@coot
+runtime/syntax/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/kconfig.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/syntax/lex.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/liquid.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/lisp.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/lynx.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/mailcap.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/make.vim			@rohieb
+runtime/syntax/make.vim			@rohieb
+runtime/syntax/maple.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/markdown.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/netrw.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/nsis.vim			@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/pdf.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/php.vim			@TysonAndre
+runtime/syntax/privoxy.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/rc.vim			@chrisbra
+runtime/syntax/rpcgen.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/ruby.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/sass.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/scss.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/sh.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/sm.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/sqloracle.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/syntax/sshdconfig.vim		@Jakuje
+runtime/syntax/tags.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/teraterm.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/tex.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/tidy.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/tmux.vim			@ericpruitt
+runtime/syntax/vim.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/wget.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/xbl.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/xmath.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/xslt.vim			@Boobies
+runtime/syntax/xml.vim			@chrisbra
+runtime/syntax/xxd.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/yacc.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/zsh.vim			@chrisbra
+src/po/de.po				@chrisbra
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ name: GitHub CI
 on:
  push:
    branches:
-      - '*'
+      - '**'
  pull_request:

 env:
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ jobs:
    runs-on: windows-latest

    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
      matrix:
        toolchain: [msvc, mingw]
        arch: [x64, x86]
@@ -74,8 +75,8 @@ jobs:
        git config --global core.autocrlf input
        python_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON_VER_DOT}/InstallPath/@")
        python3_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON3_VER_DOT}${{ matrix.pyreg }}/InstallPath/@")
-        echo "::set-env name=PYTHON_DIR::$python_dir"
-        echo "::set-env name=PYTHON3_DIR::$python3_dir"
+        echo "PYTHON_DIR=$python_dir" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+        echo "PYTHON3_DIR=$python3_dir" >> $GITHUB_ENV

    - uses: msys2/setup-msys2@v2
      if: matrix.toolchain == 'mingw'
@@ -127,6 +128,11 @@ jobs:
        )
        goto :eof

+    - name: Copy src directory to src2
+      shell: cmd
+      run: |
+        xcopy src src2\ /E > nul
+
    - name: Build (MSVC)
      if: matrix.toolchain == 'msvc'
      shell: cmd
@@ -196,10 +202,6 @@ jobs:
        echo %COL_GREEN%vim version:%COL_RESET%
        .\vim --version || exit 1

-        mkdir ..\src2
-        xcopy testdir ..\src2\testdir\ /E > nul || exit 1
-        copy evalfunc.c ..\src2 > nul
-
        echo %COL_GREEN%Start testing vim in background.%COL_RESET%
        start cmd /c "cd ..\src2\testdir & nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim > nul & echo done>done.txt"

@@ -211,9 +213,10 @@ jobs:
        echo %COL_GREEN%Wait for vim tests to finish.%COL_RESET%
        cd ..\src2\testdir
        :: Wait about 10 minutes.
-        for /L %%i in (1,1,600) do (
+        for /L %%i in (1,1,60) do (
          if exist done.txt goto exitloop
-          ping -n 2 localhost > nul
+          timeout 10 > NUL 2>&1
+          if ERRORLEVEL 1 ping -n 11 localhost > NUL
        )
        set timeout=1
        :exitloop
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+# For most projects, this workflow file will not need changing; you simply need
+# to commit it to your repository.
+#
+# You may wish to alter this file to override the set of languages analyzed,
+# or to provide custom queries or build logic.
+name: "CodeQL"
+
+on:
+  push:
+    branches: [master]
+  pull_request:
+    # The branches below must be a subset of the branches above
+    branches: [master]
+  schedule:
+    - cron: '0 18 * * 1'
+
+jobs:
+  analyze:
+    name: Analyze
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+
+    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
+      matrix:
+        # Override automatic language detection by changing the below list
+        # Supported options are ['csharp', 'cpp', 'go', 'java', 'javascript', 'python']
+        language: ['cpp', 'python']
+        # Learn more...
+        # https://docs.github.com/en/github/finding-security-vulnerabilities-and-errors-in-your-code/configuring-code-scanning#overriding-automatic-language-detection
+
+    steps:
+    - name: Checkout repository
+      uses: actions/checkout@v2
+      with:
+        # We must fetch at least the immediate parents so that if this is
+        # a pull request then we can checkout the head.
+        fetch-depth: 2
+
+    # If this run was triggered by a pull request event, then checkout
+    # the head of the pull request instead of the merge commit.
+    - run: git checkout HEAD^2
+      if: ${{ github.event_name == 'pull_request' }}
+
+    # Initializes the CodeQL tools for scanning.
+    - name: Initialize CodeQL
+      uses: github/codeql-action/init@v1
+      with:
+        languages: ${{ matrix.language }}
+        # If you wish to specify custom queries, you can do so here or in a config file.
+        # By default, queries listed here will override any specified in a config file. 
+        # Prefix the list here with "+" to use these queries and those in the config file.
+        # queries: ./path/to/local/query, your-org/your-repo/queries@main
+
+    # Autobuild attempts to build any compiled languages  (C/C++, C#, or Java).
+    # If this step fails, then you should remove it and run the build manually (see below)
+    - name: Autobuild
+      uses: github/codeql-action/autobuild@v1
+
+    # ℹ️ Command-line programs to run using the OS shell.
+    # 📚 https://git.io/JvXDl
+
+    # ✏️ If the Autobuild fails above, remove it and uncomment the following three lines
+    #    and modify them (or add more) to build your code if your project
+    #    uses a compiled language
+
+    #- run: |
+    #   make bootstrap
+    #   make release
+
+    - name: Perform CodeQL Analysis
+      uses: github/codeql-action/analyze@v1
@@ -15,10 +15,11 @@ env:
      vi_cv_path_ruby=/usr/local/opt/ruby/bin/ruby
      vi_cv_dll_name_perl=/System/Library/Perl/5.18/darwin-thread-multi-2level/CORE/libperl.dylib
      vi_cv_dll_name_python=/System/Library/Frameworks/Python.framework/Versions/2.7/Python
-      vi_cv_dll_name_python3=/usr/local/Frameworks/Python.framework/Versions/3.8/Python
+      vi_cv_dll_name_python3=/usr/local/Frameworks/Python.framework/Versions/3.9/Python
      vi_cv_dll_name_ruby=/usr/local/opt/ruby/lib/libruby.dylib
      VIMCMD=src/MacVim/build/Release/MacVim.app/Contents/MacOS/Vim
-      CONFOPT="--with-features=huge --enable-netbeans --with-tlib=ncurses --enable-cscope --enable-gui=macvim"
+      MACVIM_BIN=src/MacVim/build/Release/MacVim.app/Contents/MacOS/MacVim
+      CONFOPT="--with-features=huge --enable-netbeans --with-tlib=ncurses --enable-cscope --enable-gui=macvim --with-macarchs=x86_64"
      BASH_SILENCE_DEPRECATION_WARNING=1

 _anchors:
@@ -61,30 +62,38 @@ script:
      grep -q -- "-DDYNAMIC_RUBY_DLL=\\\\\"${vi_cv_dll_name_ruby}\\\\\"" src/auto/config.mk
    fi
  - echo -en "travis_fold:end:configure\\r\\033[0K"
+
  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mBuilding MacVim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:build\\r\\033[0K"
  - make -j${NPROC}
  - echo -en "travis_fold:end:build\\r\\033[0K"
-  - set +o errexit
  - ${VIMCMD} --version
-  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mTesting MacVim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:test\\r\\033[0K"
+  # Disable errexit so flaky tests won't immediately exit to allow us to see all the errors.
+  - set +o errexit
+
  # Smoketest scripting languages
+  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mSmoketest\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:smoketest\\r\\033[0K"
  - |
    macvim_excmd() {
-      if [[ -n "${LANGOPT}" ]]; then
-        ${VIMCMD} -u NONE -i NONE -g -f -X -V1 -es "$@" -c 'echo ""' -c quit 2>&1
-      fi
+      ${VIMCMD} -u NONE -i NONE -g -f -X -V1 -es "$@" -c 'echo ""' -c 'qall!' 2>&1
    }
-  - macvim_excmd -c 'lua print("Test")'
-  - macvim_excmd -c 'perl VIM::Msg("Test")'
-  - macvim_excmd -c 'py import sys; print("Test")'
-  - macvim_excmd -c 'py3 import sys; print("Test")'
-  - macvim_excmd -c 'ruby puts("Test")'
+  - if [[ -n "${LANGOPT}" ]]; then macvim_excmd -c 'lua print("Test")'; fi
+  - if [[ -n "${LANGOPT}" ]]; then macvim_excmd -c 'perl VIM::Msg("Test")'; fi
+  - if [[ -n "${LANGOPT}" ]]; then macvim_excmd -c 'py import sys; print("Test")'; fi
+  - if [[ -n "${LANGOPT}" ]]; then macvim_excmd -c 'py3 import sys; print("Test")'; fi
+  - if [[ -n "${LANGOPT}" ]]; then macvim_excmd -c 'ruby puts("Test")'; fi
  # Check that localized messages work by printing ':version' and checking against localized word
-  - |
-    if [[ -n "${HAS_GETTEXT}" ]]; then
-      ${VIMCMD} -es -c 'lang es_ES' -c 'redir @a' -c 'version' -c 'put a' -c 'print' -c 'qa!' | grep Enlazado
-    fi
-  # Run standard test suites
+  - if [[ -n "${HAS_GETTEXT}" ]]; then macvim_excmd -c 'lang es_ES' -c 'version' | grep Enlazado; fi
+  # Make sure there isn't any dynamic linkage to third-party dependencies in the built binary, as we should only use
+  # static linkage to avoid dependency hell. Test that all those dylib's are in /usr/lib which is bundled with macOS and not third-party.
+  - (! otool -L ${VIMCMD} | grep '\.dylib\s' | grep -v '^\s*/usr/lib/')
+  # Make sure we are building x86_64 only. arm64 builds don't work properly now, so we don't want to accidentally build
+  # it as it will get prioritized by Apple Silicon Macs.
+  - (lipo -archs ${VIMCMD} | grep '^x86_64$')
+  - (lipo -archs ${MACVIM_BIN} | grep '^x86_64$')
+  - echo -en "travis_fold:end:smoketest\\r\\033[0K"
+
+  # Run standard test suites.
+  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mTesting MacVim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:test\\r\\033[0K"
  - make test
  - make -C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../src/MacVim/build/Release/MacVim.app/Contents/bin/vim
  - echo -en "travis_fold:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
@@ -95,20 +104,22 @@ script:

 jobs:
  include:
-    - osx_image: xcode12
-    - osx_image: xcode11.3
+    - osx_image: xcode12.2
      <<: *lang_env
      <<: *homebrew
      <<: *caches
-    - osx_image: xcode9.4
-    - osx_image: xcode7.3
+    # Disable unnecessary builds to cut down on Travis usage due to billing changes for open-source projects.
+    #- osx_image: xcode11.6
+    #- osx_image: xcode9.4
+    #- osx_image: xcode7.3
    - stage: deploy
-      osx_image: xcode11.3
+      osx_image: xcode12.2
      <<: *lang_env
      <<: *caches
      script: skip
      before_deploy:
-        - make -C src macvim-dmg
+        # Use the --skip-jenkins flag to skip the prettify osascript calls which will fail due to permission issues in Travis CI's Mac environment.
+        - make -C src macvim-dmg CREATEDMG_FLAGS=--skip-jenkins
      deploy:
        provider: releases
        token:
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.travis.yml \
 		.cirrus.yml \
 		.github/workflows/ci-windows.yaml \
+		.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml \
+		.github/CODEOWNERS \
 		appveyor.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
 		ci/if_ver*.vim \
@@ -45,6 +47,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/drawline.c \
 		src/drawscreen.c \
 		src/edit.c \
+		src/errors.h \
 		src/eval.c \
 		src/evalbuffer.c \
 		src/evalfunc.c \
@@ -73,6 +76,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/highlight.c \
 		src/indent.c \
 		src/insexpand.c \
+		src/job.c \
 		src/json.c \
 		src/json_test.c \
 		src/kword_test.c \
@@ -158,9 +162,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/gen_opt_test.vim \
 		src/testdir/README.txt \
 		src/testdir/Make_all.mak \
-		src/testdir/dotest.in \
-		src/testdir/test1.in \
-		src/testdir/test77a.in \
+		src/testdir/*.in \
 		src/testdir/*.py \
 		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
@@ -179,7 +181,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/summarize.vim \
 		src/testdir/term_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
-		src/testdir/test1.ok \
+		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test77a.ok \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/testdir/test77a.com \
@@ -250,6 +252,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/highlight.pro \
 		src/proto/indent.pro \
 		src/proto/insexpand.pro \
+		src/proto/job.pro \
 		src/proto/json.pro \
 		src/proto/list.pro \
 		src/proto/locale.pro \
@@ -621,7 +624,7 @@ SRC_AMI =	\
 		README_amisrc.txt.info \
 		src.info \
 		src/INSTALLami.txt \
-		src/Make_morph.mak \
+		src/Make_ami.mak \
 		src/os_amiga.c \
 		src/os_amiga.h \
 		src/proto/os_amiga.pro \
@@ -1029,6 +1032,8 @@ LANG_SRC = \
 		src/po/README_mvc.txt \
 		src/po/check.vim \
 		src/po/cleanup.vim \
+		src/po/tojavascript.vim \
+		src/po/fixfilenames.vim \
 		src/po/Makefile \
 		src/po/Make_all.mak \
 		src/po/Make_cyg.mak \
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ first:

 # Some make programs use the last target for the $@ default; put the other
 # targets separately to always let $@ expand to "first" by default.
-all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test scripttests test_libvterm unittests testclean clean distclean:
+all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test scripttests testtiny test_libvterm unittests testclean clean distclean:
 	@if test ! -f src/auto/config.mk; then \
 		cp src/config.mk.dist src/auto/config.mk; \
 	fi
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ e.g. each stack item is a typeval_T.  And one of the instructions is
 "execute Ex command", for commands that are not compiled.


-## 2. PHASING OUT INTERFACES
+## 2. DEPRIORITIZE INTERFACES

 Attempts have been made to implement functionality with built-in script
 languages such as Python, Perl, Lua, Tcl and Ruby.  This never gained much
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Instead of using script language support in Vim:
  tool and implements the Vim side of the interface.  Also, it can be used when
  an external tool is undesired.

-All together this creates a clear situation: Vim with the +eval feature
+Altogether this creates a clear situation: Vim with the +eval feature
 will be sufficient for most plugins, while some plugins require
 installing a tool that can be written in any language.  No confusion
 about having Vim but the plugin not working because some specific
@@ -159,18 +159,18 @@ thing I have been thinking of is assignments without ":let".  I often
 make that mistake (after writing JavaScript especially).  I think it is
 possible, if we make local variables shadow commands.  That should be OK,
 if you shadow a command you want to use, just rename the variable.
-Using "let" and "const" to declare a variable, like in JavaScript and
+Using "var" and "const" to declare a variable, like in JavaScript and
 TypeScript, can work:


 ``` vim
 def MyFunction(arg: number): number
-   let local = 1
-   let todo = arg
+   var local = 1
+   var todo = arg
   const ADD = 88
   while todo > 0
      local += ADD
-      --todo
+      todo -= 1
   endwhile
   return local
 enddef
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ function and export it:
 ``` vim
 vim9script  " Vim9 script syntax used here

-let local = 'local variable is not exported, script-local'
+var local = 'local variable is not exported, script-local'

 export def MyFunction()  " exported function
 ...
@@ -248,10 +248,10 @@ END
  return luaeval('sum')
 endfunc

-def VimNew()
-  let sum = 0
+def VimNew(): number
+  var sum = 0
  for i in range(1, 2999999)
-    let sum += i
+    sum += i
  endfor
  return sum
 enddef
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ echo 'Vim new: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))

 ``` vim
 def VimNew(): number
-  let totallen = 0
+  var totallen = 0
  for i in range(1, 100000)
    setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
    totallen += len(getline(i))
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ src/os_amiga.*		Files for the Amiga port.
 src/os_msdos.*
 src/os_dos.*		Files for the MS-DOS port.

-src/gui_mac.*           Carbon GUI (not used)
-src/os_mac*		Shared files for the different Mac ports.
+src/os_mac.*		Files for the Mac port.

 src/MacVim/*		Files for the MacVim port.

@@ -3,6 +3,6 @@ set -e

 if ! modprobe snd-dummy; then
    # snd-dummy is contained in linux-modules-extra (if exists)
-    apt install -y "linux-modules-extra-$(uname -r)"
+    apt-get install -yq --no-install-suggests --no-install-recommends "linux-modules-extra-$(uname -r)"
    modprobe snd-dummy
 fi
@@ -174,6 +174,7 @@ Page custom SetCustom ValidateCustom
    !include "lang\german.nsi"
    !include "lang\italian.nsi"
    !include "lang\japanese.nsi"
+    !include "lang\russian.nsi"
    !include "lang\simpchinese.nsi"
    !include "lang\tradchinese.nsi"
    !include "lang\turkish.nsi"
@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
    "Versione console di Vim (vim.exe)."

 LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Crea file di invocazione (MS-DOS) .bat"
+    "Crea file .bat"
 LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Crea file di invocazione .bat per varianti di Vim nella directory \
-     di Windows, per utilizzo da linea di comando (MS-DOS)."
+    "Crea file .bat per varianti di Vim nella directory \
+     di Windows, per utilizzo da riga di comando."

 LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
    "Crea icone per Vim"
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# russian.nsi: Russian language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 1049
+# Locale name  : ru-RU
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Restorer
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Russian"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Маршрут к каталогу установки (должен оканчиваться каталогом $\"vim$\")"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "После окончания установки ознакомиться с кратким описанием"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Стандартная"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Минимальная"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Полная"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление предыдущих версий"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Будут удалены предыдущие установленные версии программы"
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Графический интерфейс и вспомогательные файлы"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Графический интерфейс программы Vim и все необходимые для этого файлы. \
+    Это обязательный компонент"
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Консольная программа Vim"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Вариант редактора Vim (vim.exe), используемый в командной оболочке"
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создать командные файлы"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание командных bat-файлов позволяющих работать с редактором \
+     Vim из командной строки Windows"
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создать ярлыки для редактора Vim"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание ярлыков редактора Vim для облегчения запуска программы"
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "На Рабочем столе"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание ярлыков программы Gvim на Рабочем столе"
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "В меню кнопки Пуск"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание ярлыков программы Gvim в меню кнопки Пуск"
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "На панели быстрого запуска"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Создание ярлыков программы GVim на панели быстрого запуска"
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "В контекстном меню"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Добавление вызова программы Gvim в пункт $\"Открыть с помощью...$\" контекстного меню"
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "32-разрядная версия программы"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Добавление вызова программы Gvim в пункт $\"Открыть с помощью...$\" контекстного меню \
+#     для 32-разрядных приложений"
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "64-разрядная версия программы"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Добавление вызова программы Gvim в пункт $\"Открыть с помощью...$\" контекстного меню \
+#     для 64-разрядных приложений"
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Настройки программы по умолчанию"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание файла _vimrc с предустановленными настройками, если нет других \
+    файлов настроек"
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создать каталог для подключаемых модулей"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание каталога для размещения подключаемых модулей, которые расширяют \
+     возможности редактора Vim"
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Личный каталог"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание каталога для подключаемых модулей в домашнем каталоге пользователя"
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Общий каталог"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание каталога для подключаемых модулей в каталоге установки редактора Vim. \
+     Модули в этом каталоге будут доступны для любого пользователя \
+     зарегистрировавшегося в системе"
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Подключаемый модуль VisVim"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Подключаемый модуль VisVim используется для интеграции с Microsoft Visual Studio"
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Поддержка региональных языков"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Установка файлов для поддержки региональных языков операционной системы"
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Отменить регистрацию компонентов программы Vim"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Отмена регистрации компонентов программы Vim в операционной системе"
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удалить файлы редактора Vim"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление всех исполняемых и вспомогательных файлов редактора Vim"
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удалить каталог подключаемых модулей"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление каталога подключаемых модулей, если в нём нет файлов"
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Личный каталог"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление каталога подключаемых модулей из домашнего каталога пользователя"
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Общий каталог"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление каталога подключаемых модулей из каталога установки редактора Vim"
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удалить основной каталог программы Vim"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление основного каталога программы Vim. В этом каталоге находятся файлы \
+    настроек!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Обнаружено предыдущих версий программы Vim: $vim_old_ver_count.$\r$\n\
+#     Данная программа установки может удалить не более ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER}.$\r$\n\
+#     Удалить лишние версии программы Vim и повторите установку"
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Недопустимый каталог установки программы Vim $vim_install_root!$\r$\n\
+#     Маршрут установки должен оканчиваться каталогом $\"vim$\""
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Недопустимый маршрут к каталогу с исполняемыми файлами!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     Маршрут к каталогу с исполняемыми файлами должен быть $\"$vim_bin_path$\",$\r$\n\
+#     но от операционной системы получен как $\"$INSTDIR$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Программа Vim сейчас работает.$\r$\n\
+#     Прежде чем продолжить, закройте все работающие редакторы Vim"
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Попытка зарегистрировать компоненты программы Vim в пространстве OLE. \
+#     Но не получено уведомление об успешности данной операции"
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Попытка отменить регистрацию компонентов программы Vim в пространстве OLE. \
+#     Но не получено уведомление об успешности данной операции"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Выполняется удаление следующих версий программы:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Произошёл сбой при выполнении удаления следующих версий программы:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Не удалось найти раздел реестра, содержащий информацию об удалении программы"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Не удалось найти программу выполняющую удаление, указанную в разделе реестра"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Отсутствуют права на доступ к программе, выполняющей удаление"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Произошла ошибка при копировании программы удаления во временный каталог"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Произошёл сбой при запуске программы, выполняющей удаление"
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Установка программы была отменена"
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Произошла ошибка при установке программы. Попробуйте повторить установку \
+    немного попозже"
+# когда луна будет в другой фазе и ветер должен дуть с юго‐запада
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Некоторые файлы не были удалены из каталога $0 $\r$\n\
+     Необходимо выполнить их удаление самостоятельно"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Внимание! В каталоге $\"$vim_install_root$\" содержатся файлы. Удаление каталога не выполнено"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление предыдущих версий программ..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Регистрация компонентов программы в системе..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Отмена регистрации компонентов программы в системе..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Установка параметров программы"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Параметры, используемые для клавиатуры, «мыши» и функциональности программы"
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    " Варианты использования программы "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Совместимость и функциональность программы"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Работа в варианте совместимости с редактором Vi"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Работа в варианте функциональности редактора Vim"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Работа редактора Vim с некоторыми улучшениями (файл defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Работа редактора Vim со всеми улучшениями (файл vimrc_example.vim). \
+    Используется по умолчанию"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    " Клавиатурные команды "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Клавиатурные команды используемые в ОС Windows (CTRL+V, CTRL+C, CTRL+S, CTRL+F и т. п.)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Не изменять клавиатурные команды. Использовать принятые в редакторе Vim"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Изменить указанные клавиатурные команды"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    " Манипулятор «мышь» "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Действий правой и левой кнопки манипулятора «мышь»"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Правая кнопка — всплывающее меню, левая кнопка — режим визуальный"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Правая кнопка — всплывающее меню, левая кнопка — режим выборки (как в ОС Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Правая кнопка — расширяемый режим выбора, левая кнопка — режим визуальный (как в UNIX‐подобных ОС)"
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2020 Apr 08
+" Last Change:	2020 Nov 14

 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim

 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
-function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
+func ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
  if a:findstart
    " Locate the start of the item, including ".", "->" and "[...]".
    let line = getline('.')
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
  return map(res, 's:Tagline2item(v:val, brackets)')
 endfunc

-function! s:GetAddition(line, match, memarg, bracket)
+func s:GetAddition(line, match, memarg, bracket)
  " Guess if the item is an array.
  if a:bracket && match(a:line, a:match . '\s*\[') > 0
    return '['
@@ -260,13 +260,13 @@ function! s:GetAddition(line, match, memarg, bracket)
    endif
  endif
  return ''
-endfunction
+endfunc

 " Turn the tag info "val" into an item for completion.
 " "val" is is an item in the list returned by taglist().
 " If it is a variable we may add "." or "->".  Don't do it for other types,
 " such as a typedef, by not including the info that s:GetAddition() uses.
-function! s:Tag2item(val)
+func s:Tag2item(val)
  let res = {'match': a:val['name']}

  let res['extra'] = s:Tagcmd2extra(a:val['cmd'], a:val['name'], a:val['filename'])
@@ -289,10 +289,10 @@ function! s:Tag2item(val)
  endif

  return res
-endfunction
+endfunc

 " Use all the items in dictionary for the "info" entry.
-function! s:Dict2info(dict)
+func s:Dict2info(dict)
  let info = ''
  for k in sort(keys(a:dict))
    let info  .= k . repeat(' ', 10 - len(k))
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ function! s:Dict2info(dict)
 endfunc

 " Parse a tag line and return a dictionary with items like taglist()
-function! s:ParseTagline(line)
+func s:ParseTagline(line)
  let l = split(a:line, "\t")
  let d = {}
  if len(l) >= 3
@@ -334,12 +334,12 @@ function! s:ParseTagline(line)
  endif

  return d
-endfunction
+endfunc

 " Turn a match item "val" into an item for completion.
 " "val['match']" is the matching item.
 " "val['tagline']" is the tagline in which the last part was found.
-function! s:Tagline2item(val, brackets)
+func s:Tagline2item(val, brackets)
  let line = a:val['tagline']
  let add = s:GetAddition(line, a:val['match'], [a:val], a:brackets == '')
  let res = {'word': a:val['match'] . a:brackets . add }
@@ -377,10 +377,10 @@ function! s:Tagline2item(val, brackets)
    let res['menu'] = s:Tagcmd2extra(s, a:val['match'], matchstr(line, '[^\t]*\t\zs[^\t]*\ze\t'))
  endif
  return res
-endfunction
+endfunc

 " Turn a command from a tag line to something that is useful in the menu
-function! s:Tagcmd2extra(cmd, name, fname)
+func s:Tagcmd2extra(cmd, name, fname)
  if a:cmd =~ '^/^'
    " The command is a search command, useful to see what it is.
    let x = matchstr(a:cmd, '^/^\s*\zs.*\ze$/')
@@ -395,13 +395,13 @@ function! s:Tagcmd2extra(cmd, name, fname)
    let x = a:cmd . ' - ' . a:fname
  endif
  return x
-endfunction
+endfunc

 " Find composing type in "lead" and match items[0] with it.
 " Repeat this recursively for items[1], if it's there.
 " When resolving typedefs "depth" is used to avoid infinite recursion.
 " Return the list of matches.
-function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth, all)
+func s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth, all)

  " Use the text up to the variable name and split it in tokens.
  let tokens = split(a:lead, '\s\+\|\<')
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth, all)
  endfor

  return res
-endfunction
+endfunc


 " Search for members of structure "typename" in tags files.
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ endfunction
 " Each match is a dictionary with "match" and "tagline" entries.
 " When "all" is non-zero find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any
 " member.
-function! s:StructMembers(typename, items, all)
+func s:StructMembers(typename, items, all)
  " Todo: What about local structures?
  let fnames = join(map(tagfiles(), 'escape(v:val, " \\#%")'))
  if fnames == ''
@@ -586,12 +586,12 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items, all)

  " Failed to find anything.
  return []
-endfunction
+endfunc

 " For matching members, find matches for following items.
 " When "all" is non-zero find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any
 " member.
-function! s:SearchMembers(matches, items, all)
+func s:SearchMembers(matches, items, all)
  let res = []
  for i in range(len(a:matches))
    let typename = ''
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim functions for file type detection
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2020 Mar 30
+" Last Change:	2020 Aug 17

 " These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 " faster.
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ endfunc
 let s:ft_rules_udev_rules_pattern = '^\s*\cudev_rules\s*=\s*"\([^"]\{-1,}\)/*".*'
 func dist#ft#FTRules()
  let path = expand('<amatch>:p')
-  if path =~ '^/\(etc/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules\|lib/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules\)$'
+  if path =~ '/\(etc/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules\|\%(usr/\)\=lib/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules\)$'
    setf udevrules
    return
  endif
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrw.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across
 "            AUTOLOAD SECTION
-" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
-" Version:	168
+" Date:		Sep 18, 2020
+" Version:	170
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ if exists("s:needspatches")
 endfor
 endif

-let g:loaded_netrw = "v168"
+let g:loaded_netrw = "v170"
 if !exists("s:NOTE")
 let s:NOTE    = 0
 let s:WARNING = 1
@@ -86,7 +86,16 @@ fun! netrw#ErrorMsg(level,msg,errnum)
  endif
 "  call Decho("level=".level,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

-  if g:netrw_use_errorwindow
+  if g:netrw_use_errorwindow == 2 && (v:version > 802 || (v:version == 802 && has("patch486")))
+   " use popup window
+   if type(a:msg) == 3
+    let msg = [level]+a:msg
+   else
+    let msg= level.a:msg
+   endif
+   let s:popuperr_id  = popup_beval(msg,{})
+   let s:popuperr_text= ""
+ elseif g:netrw_use_errorwindow
   " (default) netrw creates a one-line window to show error/warning
   " messages (reliably displayed)

@@ -203,7 +212,11 @@ let g:netrw_localrmdiropt      = ""

 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Default values for netrw's global protocol variables {{{2
-call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_use_errorwindow",1)
+if (v:version > 802 || (v:version == 802 && has("patch486"))) && has("balloon_eval") && !exists("s:initbeval") && !exists("g:netrw_nobeval") && has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on") && has("mouse")
+  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_use_errorwindow",2)
+else
+  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_use_errorwindow",1)
+endif

 if !exists("g:netrw_dav_cmd")
 if executable("cadaver")
@@ -559,6 +572,7 @@ call s:NetrwInit("s:netrw_posn",'{}')
 if v:version >= 700 && has("balloon_eval") && !exists("s:initbeval") && !exists("g:netrw_nobeval") && has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on")
 " call Decho("installed beval events",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 let &l:bexpr = "netrw#BalloonHelp()"
+" call Decho("&l:bexpr<".&l:bexpr."> buf#".bufnr())
 au FileType netrw	setl beval
 au WinLeave *		if &ft == "netrw" && exists("s:initbeval")|let &beval= s:initbeval|endif
 au VimEnter * 		let s:initbeval= &beval
@@ -591,7 +605,18 @@ if v:version >= 700 && has("balloon_eval") && has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_
   if &ft != "netrw"
    return ""
   endif
-   if !exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") || v:beval_lnum >= w:netrw_bannercnt || (exists("g:netrw_nobeval") && g:netrw_nobeval)
+   if exists("s:popuperr_id") && popup_getpos(s:popuperr_id) != {}
+    " popup error window is still showing
+    " s:pouperr_id and s:popuperr_text are set up in netrw#ErrorMsg()
+    if exists("s:popuperr_text") && s:popuperr_text != "" && v:beval_text != s:popuperr_text
+     " text under mouse hasn't changed; only close window when it changes
+     call popup_close(s:popuperr_id)
+     unlet s:popuperr_text
+    else
+     let s:popuperr_text= v:beval_text
+    endif
+    let mesg= ""
+   elseif !exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") || v:beval_lnum >= w:netrw_bannercnt || (exists("g:netrw_nobeval") && g:netrw_nobeval)
    let mesg= ""
   elseif     v:beval_text == "Netrw" || v:beval_text == "Directory" || v:beval_text == "Listing"
    let mesg = "i: thin-long-wide-tree  gh: quick hide/unhide of dot-files   qf: quick file info  %:open new file"
@@ -1247,6 +1272,10 @@ fun! netrw#Lexplore(count,rightside,...)
   setlocal winfixwidth
   let g:netrw_altv     = keep_altv
   let t:netrw_lexbufnr = bufnr("%")
+   " done to prevent build-up of hidden buffers due to quitting and re-invocation of :Lexplore.
+   " Since the intended use of :Lexplore is to have an always-present explorer window, the extra
+   " effort to mis-use :Lex is warranted.
+   set bh=wipe
 "   call Decho("let t:netrw_lexbufnr=".t:netrw_lexbufnr) 
 "   call Decho("t:netrw_lexposn".(exists("t:netrw_lexposn")? string(t:netrw_lexposn) : " n/a"))
   if exists("t:netrw_lexposn")
@@ -1908,7 +1937,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwRestoreSetting(keepvar,setting)
    if type(a:setting) == 0
     exe "let ".a:setting."= ".keepvarval
    elseif type(a:setting) == 1
-     exe "let ".a:setting."= '".keepvarval."'"
+     exe "let ".a:setting."= '".substitute(keepvarval,"'","''","g")."'"
    else
     call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"(s:NetrwRestoreSetting) doesn't know how to restore ".a:keepvar." with a setting of type#".type(a:setting),105)
    endif
@@ -3640,6 +3669,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwBookHistSave()
  let savefile= s:NetrwHome()."/.netrwhist"
 "  call Decho("savefile<".savefile.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
  1split
+
+  " setting up a new buffer which will become .netrwhist
  call s:NetrwEnew()
 "  call Decho("case g:netrw_use_noswf=".g:netrw_use_noswf.(exists("+acd")? " +acd" : " -acd"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
  if g:netrw_use_noswf
@@ -4722,7 +4753,7 @@ endfun
 "                       "new directory name" is actually a file,
 "                       NetrwBrowseChgDir() edits the file.
 fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
-"  call Dfunc("s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal=".a:islocal."> newdir<".a:newdir.">) a:0=".a:0." curpos<".string(getpos("."))."> b:netrw_curdir<".(exists("b:netrw_curdir")? b:netrw_curdir : "").">")
+"  call Dfunc("s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal=".a:islocal."> newdir<".a:newdir.">) a:0=".a:0." win#".winnr()." curpos<".string(getpos("."))."> b:netrw_curdir<".(exists("b:netrw_curdir")? b:netrw_curdir : "").">")
 "  call Decho("tab#".tabpagenr()." win#".winnr()." buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col(".")." winline#".winline()." wincol#".wincol(),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

  let ykeep= @@
@@ -4751,13 +4782,14 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
  let newdir    = a:newdir
  let dolockout = 0
  let dorestore = 1
+"  call Decho("win#".winnr(),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "  call Decho("dirname<".dirname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "  call Decho("newdir<".newdir.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

  " ignore <cr>s when done in the banner
 "  call Decho('(s:NetrwBrowseChgDir) ignore [return]s when done in banner (g:netrw_banner='.g:netrw_banner.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
  if g:netrw_banner
-"   call Decho("w:netrw_bannercnt=".(exists("w:netrw_bannercnt")? w:netrw_bannercnt : 'n/a')." line(.)#".line('.')." line($)#".line("#"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("win#".winnr()." w:netrw_bannercnt=".(exists("w:netrw_bannercnt")? w:netrw_bannercnt : 'n/a')." line(.)#".line('.')." line($)#".line("#"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") && line(".") < w:netrw_bannercnt && line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
    if getline(".") =~# 'Quick Help'
 "     call Decho("#1: quickhelp=".g:netrw_quickhelp." ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -4794,7 +4826,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
   " ------------------------------
   " NetrwBrowseChgDir: edit a file {{{3
   " ------------------------------
-"   call Decho('(s:NetrwBrowseChgDir) edit-a-file: case "handling a file": newdir<'.newdir.'> !~ dirpat<'.dirpat.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho('edit-a-file: case "handling a file": win#'.winnr().' newdir<'.newdir.'> !~ dirpat<'.dirpat.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

   " save position for benefit of Rexplore
   let s:rexposn_{bufnr("%")}= winsaveview()
@@ -4829,7 +4861,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
    NetrwKeepj call s:NetrwOptionsRestore("s:")
    let curdir= b:netrw_curdir
    if !exists("s:didsplit")
-"     call Decho("edit-a-file: s:didsplit does not exist; g:netrw_browse_split=".string(g:netrw_browse_split)." win#".winnr(),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"     "     call Decho("edit-a-file: s:didsplit does not exist; g:netrw_browse_split=".string(g:netrw_browse_split)." win#".winnr()." g:netrw_chgwin=".g:netrw_chgwin",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     if type(g:netrw_browse_split) == 3
      " open file in server
      " Note that g:netrw_browse_split is a List: [servername,tabnr,winnr]
@@ -4837,22 +4869,27 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
      call s:NetrwServerEdit(a:islocal,dirname)
 "      call Dret("s:NetrwBrowseChgDir")
      return
+
     elseif g:netrw_browse_split == 1
      " horizontally splitting the window first
 "      call Decho("edit-a-file: horizontally splitting window prior to edit",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-      keepalt new
+      let winsz= (g:netrw_winsize > 0)? (g:netrw_winsize*winheight(0))/100 : -g:netrw_winsize
+      exe "keepalt ".(g:netrw_alto? "bel " : "abo ").winsz."wincmd s"
      if !&ea
       keepalt wincmd _
      endif
      call s:SetRexDir(a:islocal,curdir)
+
     elseif g:netrw_browse_split == 2
      " vertically splitting the window first
 "      call Decho("edit-a-file: vertically splitting window prior to edit",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-      keepalt rightb vert new
+      let winsz= (g:netrw_winsize > 0)? (g:netrw_winsize*winwidth(0))/100 : -g:netrw_winsize
+      exe "keepalt ".(g:netrw_alto? "top " : "bot ")."vert ".winsz."wincmd s"
      if !&ea
       keepalt wincmd |
      endif
      call s:SetRexDir(a:islocal,curdir)
+
     elseif g:netrw_browse_split == 3
      " open file in new tab
 "      call Decho("edit-a-file: opening new tab prior to edit",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -4861,6 +4898,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
       let b:netrw_curdir= getcwd()
      endif
      call s:SetRexDir(a:islocal,curdir)
+
     elseif g:netrw_browse_split == 4
      " act like "P" (ie. open previous window)
 "      call Decho("edit-a-file: use previous window for edit",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -4870,13 +4908,14 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
       return
      endif
      call s:SetRexDir(a:islocal,curdir)
+
     else
      " handling a file, didn't split, so remove menu
 "      call Decho("edit-a-file: handling a file+didn't split, so remove menu",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      call s:NetrwMenu(0)
      " optional change to window
      if g:netrw_chgwin >= 1
-"       call Decho("edit-a-file: changing window to #".g:netrw_chgwin,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"       call Decho("edit-a-file: changing window to #".g:netrw_chgwin.": (due to g:netrw_chgwin)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
       if winnr("$")+1 == g:netrw_chgwin
 	" if g:netrw_chgwin is set to one more than the last window, then
 	" vertically split the last window to make that window available.
@@ -4889,19 +4928,26 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
      endif
      call s:SetRexDir(a:islocal,curdir)
     endif
+
    endif

    " the point where netrw actually edits the (local) file
    " if its local only: LocalBrowseCheck() doesn't edit a file, but NetrwBrowse() will
    " no keepalt to support  :e #  to return to a directory listing
+    if !&mod
+     " if e the new file would fail due to &mod, then don't change any of the flags
+     let dolockout= 1
+    endif
    if a:islocal
 "     call Decho("edit-a-file: edit local file: exe e! ".fnameescape(dirname),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     " some like c-^ to return to the last edited file
     " others like c-^ to return to the netrw buffer
+     " Apr 30, 2020: used to have e! here.  That can cause loss of a modified file,
+     " so emit error E37 instead.
     if exists("g:netrw_altfile") && g:netrw_altfile
-      exe "NetrwKeepj keepalt e! ".fnameescape(dirname)
+      exe "NetrwKeepj keepalt e ".fnameescape(dirname)
     else
-      exe "NetrwKeepj e! ".fnameescape(dirname)
+      exe "NetrwKeepj e ".fnameescape(dirname)
     endif
 "     call Decho("edit-a-file: after e! ".dirname.": hidden=".&hidden." bufhidden<".&bufhidden."> mod=".&mod,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call s:NetrwCursor()
@@ -4912,7 +4958,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
    else
 "     call Decho("edit-a-file: remote file: NetrwBrowse will edit it",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    endif
-    let dolockout= 1

    " handle g:Netrw_funcref -- call external-to-netrw functions
    "   This code will handle g:Netrw_funcref as an individual function reference
@@ -5376,16 +5421,6 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
   endif
   let ret= v:shell_error

-  elseif has("unix") && executable("kfmclient") && s:CheckIfKde()
-"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and kfmclient",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   call s:NetrwExe("sil !kfmclient exec ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1)." ".redir)
-   let ret= v:shell_error
-
-  elseif has("unix") && executable("exo-open") && executable("xdg-open") && executable("setsid")
-"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix, exo-open, xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   call s:NetrwExe("sil !setsid xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
-   let ret= v:shell_error
-
  elseif has("unix") && $DESKTOP_SESSION == "mate" && executable("atril")
 "   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and atril",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if a:fname =~ '^https\=://'
@@ -5400,9 +5435,19 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
   endif
   let ret= v:shell_error

+  elseif has("unix") && executable("kfmclient") && s:CheckIfKde()
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and kfmclient",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   call s:NetrwExe("sil !kfmclient exec ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1)." ".redir)
+   let ret= v:shell_error
+
+  elseif has("unix") && executable("exo-open") && executable("xdg-open") && executable("setsid")
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix, exo-open, xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   call s:NetrwExe("sil !setsid xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir.'&')
+   let ret= v:shell_error
+
  elseif has("unix") && executable("xdg-open")
 "   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   call s:NetrwExe("sil !xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
+   call s:NetrwExe("sil !xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir.'&')
   let ret= v:shell_error

  elseif has("macunix") && executable("open")
@@ -6107,10 +6152,10 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
  " Duplicate characters don't matter.
  " Remove all such characters from the '/~@#...890' string.
  " Use the first character left as a separator character.
-"  call Decho("find a character not in the hide string to use as a separator")
+"  call Decho("find a character not in the hide string to use as a separator",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
  let listhide= g:netrw_list_hide
  let sep     = strpart(substitute('~@#$%^&*{};:,<.>?|1234567890','['.escape(listhide,'-]^\').']','','ge'),1,1)
-"  call Decho("sep=".sep,"  (sep not in hide string)'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"  call Decho("sep<".sep.">  (sep not in hide string)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

  while listhide != ""
   if listhide =~ ','
@@ -6120,7 +6165,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
    let hide     = listhide
    let listhide = ""
   endif
-"   call Decho("..extracted from listhide: hide<".hide."> g:netrw_sort_by<".g:netrw_sort_by.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..extracted pattern from listhide: hide<".hide."> g:netrw_sort_by<".g:netrw_sort_by.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if g:netrw_sort_by =~ '^[ts]'
    if hide =~ '^\^'
 "     call Decho("..modify hide to handle a \"^...\" pattern",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -6132,7 +6177,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
   endif

   " Prune the list by hiding any files which match
-"   call Decho("..prune the list by hiding any files which ",((g:netrw_hide == 1)? "" : "don't")." match hide<".hide.">")
+"   call Decho("..prune the list by hiding any files which ".((g:netrw_hide == 1)? "" : "don't")."match hide<".hide.">")
   if g:netrw_hide == 1
 "    call Decho("..hiding<".hide.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g'.sep.hide.sep.'d'
@@ -9215,6 +9260,7 @@ endfun
 " (full path directory with trailing slash returned)
 fun! s:NetrwTreeDir(islocal)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NetrwTreeDir(islocal=".a:islocal.") getline(".line(".").")"."<".getline('.')."> b:netrw_curdir<".b:netrw_curdir."> tab#".tabpagenr()." win#".winnr()." buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%")."> ft=".&ft)
+"  call Decho("Determine tree directory given current cursor position")
 "  call Decho("g:netrw_keepdir  =".(exists("g:netrw_keepdir")?   g:netrw_keepdir   : 'n/a'),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "  call Decho("w:netrw_liststyle=".(exists("w:netrw_liststyle")? w:netrw_liststyle : 'n/a'),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "  call Decho("w:netrw_treetop  =".(exists("w:netrw_treetop")?   w:netrw_treetop   : 'n/a'),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -9320,7 +9366,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwTreeDisplay(dir,depth)
   call setline(line("$")+1,a:depth.shortdir.'/')
  endif
 "  call Decho("setline#".line("$")." shortdir<".a:depth.shortdir.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-
  " append a / to dir if its missing one
  let dir= a:dir

@@ -9334,7 +9379,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwTreeDisplay(dir,depth)
   let listhide= split(g:netrw_list_hide,',')
 "   call Decho("listhide=".string(listhide))
   for pat in listhide
-    call filter(w:netrw_treedict[dir],'v:val !~ "'.pat.'"')
+    call filter(w:netrw_treedict[dir],'v:val !~ "'.escape(pat,'\\').'"')
   endfor

  elseif g:netrw_hide == 2
@@ -9472,6 +9517,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwTreeListing(dirname)
 "   call Decho("g:netrw_banner=".g:netrw_banner.": banner ".(g:netrw_banner? "enabled" : "suppressed").": (line($)=".line("$")." byte2line(1)=".byte2line(1)." bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

   " display from treetop on down
+"   call Decho("(s:NetrwTreeListing) w:netrw_treetop<".w:netrw_treetop.">")
   NetrwKeepj call s:NetrwTreeDisplay(w:netrw_treetop,"")
 "   call Decho("s:NetrwTreeDisplay) setl noma nomod ro",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

@@ -9742,7 +9788,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)

  " Hiding...  -or-  Showing... {{{3
  if g:netrw_banner
-"   call Decho("--handle hiding/showing (g:netrw_hide=".g:netrw_hide." g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("--handle hiding/showing in banner (g:netrw_hide=".g:netrw_hide." g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if g:netrw_list_hide != "" && g:netrw_hide
    if g:netrw_hide == 1
     NetrwKeepj put ='\"   Hiding:        '.g:netrw_list_hide
@@ -9795,7 +9841,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
 "  call Decho("g:netrw_banner=".g:netrw_banner.": banner ".(g:netrw_banner? "enabled" : "suppressed").": (line($)=".line("$")." byte2line(1)=".byte2line(1)." bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

  if !g:netrw_banner || line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
-"   call Decho("manipulate directory listing (hide)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("manipulate directory listing (support hide)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("g:netrw_hide=".g:netrw_hide." g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if g:netrw_hide && g:netrw_list_hide != ""
    NetrwKeepj call s:NetrwListHide()
@@ -11808,7 +11854,7 @@ endfun
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:NetrwEnew: opens a new buffer, passes netrw buffer variables through {{{2
 fun! s:NetrwEnew(...)
-"  call Dfunc("s:NetrwEnew() a:0=".a:0." bufnr($)=".bufnr("$")." expand(%)<".expand("%").">")
+"  call Dfunc("s:NetrwEnew() a:0=".a:0." win#".winnr()." winnr($)=".winnr("$")." bufnr($)=".bufnr("$")." expand(%)<".expand("%").">")
 "  call Decho("curdir<".((a:0>0)? a:1 : "")."> buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

  " grab a function-local-variable copy of buffer variables
@@ -11875,6 +11921,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwEnew(...)
    endif
   endif
  endif
+  if v:version >= 700 && has("balloon_eval") && !exists("s:initbeval") && !exists("g:netrw_nobeval") && has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on")
+   let &l:bexpr = "netrw#BalloonHelp()"
+  endif

 "  call Dret("s:NetrwEnew : buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%")."> expand(%)<".expand("%")."> expand(#)<".expand("#")."> bh=".&bh." win#".winnr()." winnr($)#".winnr("$"))
 endfun
@@ -11934,6 +11983,7 @@ endfun
 "           -1=failed
 fun! s:NetrwLcd(newdir)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NetrwLcd(newdir<".a:newdir.">)")
+"  call Decho("changing local directory",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

  let err472= 0
  try
@@ -11969,6 +12019,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwLcd(newdir)
   return -1
  endif

+"  call Decho("getcwd        <".getcwd().">")
+"  call Decho("b:netrw_curdir<".b:netrw_curdir.">")
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwLcd 0")
  return 0
 endfun
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
 "                    netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell
-" Date:		May 03, 2013
-" Version:	11b	ASTRO-ONLY
+" Date:		Sep 18, 2020
+" Version:	11
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
 finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11b"
+let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11"
 if v:version < 702
 echohl WarningMsg
 echo "***warning*** this version of netrwFileHandlers needs vim 7.2"
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 "python3complete.vim - Omni Completion for python
-" Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
+" Maintainer: <vacancy>
+" Previous Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
 " Version: 0.9
-" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009 (small fix 2015 Sep 14 from Debian)
+" Last Updated: 2020 Oct 9
 "
 " Roland Puntaier: this file contains adaptations for python3 and is parallel to pythoncomplete.vim
 "
@@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ function! python3complete#Complete(findstart, base)
                break
            endif
        endwhile
-        execute "py3 vimpy3complete('" . cword . "', '" . a:base . "')"
+	execute "py3 vimpy3complete('" . escape(cword, "'") . "', '" . escape(a:base, "'") . "')"
        return g:python3complete_completions
    endif
 endfunction
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 "pythoncomplete.vim - Omni Completion for python
-" Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
+" Maintainer: <vacancy>
+" Previous Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
 " Version: 0.9
-" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009
+" Last Updated: 2020 Oct 9
 "
 " Changes
 " TODO:
@@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ function! pythoncomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                break
            endif
        endwhile
-        execute "python vimcomplete('" . cword . "', '" . a:base . "')"
+        execute "python vimcomplete('" . escape(cword, "'") . "', '" . escape(a:base, "'") . "')"
        return g:pythoncomplete_completions
    endif
 endfunction
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
 "   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "

-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(tgz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(tbz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(txz\)$'
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(tgz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(tbz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(txz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(tzs\)$'
   if has("unix") && executable("file")
    let filekind= system("file ".shellescape(tarfile,1)) =~ "bzip2"
   else
@@ -174,6 +174,8 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   elseif filekind =~ "Zstandard"
+    exe "sil! r! zstd --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   else
    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   endif
@@ -190,6 +192,8 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
   exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(zst\|tzs\)$'
+   exe "sil! r! zstd --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
  else
   if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
    " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
@@ -302,6 +306,9 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
  elseif  fname =~ '\.xz$' && executable("xzcat")
   let decmp= "|xzcat"
   let doro = 1
+  elseif  fname =~ '\.zst$' && executable("zstdcat")
+   let decmp= "|zstdcat"
+   let doro = 1
  else
   let decmp=""
   let doro = 0
@@ -331,6 +338,8 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   elseif filekind =~ "Zstandard"
+    exe "sil! r! zstd --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   else
    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   endif
@@ -452,6 +461,10 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.xz','','e')
   let compress= "xz -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.zst'
+   call system("zstd --decompress -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.zst','','e')
+   let compress= "zstd -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma'
   call system("lzma -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.lzma','','e')
@@ -676,6 +689,28 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
   else
    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tzs")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","--zstd","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tzs ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tzs ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tzs ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.zst")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","--zstd","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.zst ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.xz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.zst ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.zst ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
  endif

  " restore option
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
 " Date:		Jan 07, 2020
-" Version:	30
+" Version:	31
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2019 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
 finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v30"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v31"
 if v:version < 702
 echohl WarningMsg
 echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2 or later"
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ endif
 " zip#Browse: {{{2
 fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
 "  call Dfunc("zip#Browse(zipfile<".a:zipfile.">)")
-  " sanity check: ensure that the zipfile has "PK" as its first two letters
+  " sanity check: insure that the zipfile has "PK" as its first two letters
  "               (zipped files have a leading PK as a "magic cookie")
  if !filereadable(a:zipfile) || readfile(a:zipfile, "", 1)[0] !~ '^PK'
   exe "noswapfile noautocmd noswapfile e ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ You can use ":highlight" to find out the current colors.  Exception: the
 ctermfg and ctermbg values are numbers, which are only valid for the current
 terminal.  Use the color names instead.  See ":help cterm-colors".

-The default color settings can be found in the source file src/syntax.c.
+The default color settings can be found in the source file src/highlight.c.
 Search for "highlight_init".

 If you think you have a color scheme that is good enough to be used by others,
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ func! Test_check_colors()

  " 9) Normal should be defined first, not use reverse, fg or bg
  call cursor(1,1)
-  let pat = 'hi\%[light] \+\%(link\|clear\)\@!\w\+\>'
+  let pat = 'hi\%[ghlight] \+\%(link\|clear\)\@!\w\+\>'
  call search(pat, 'cW') " Look for the first hi def, skipping `hi link` and `hi clear`
  if getline('.') !~# '\m\<Normal\>'
    let err['highlight']['Normal'] = 'Should be defined first'
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	Checkstyle
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jun 26
+" Last Change:	2020 Aug 2

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -12,8 +12,18 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif

-CompilerSet makeprg=java\ com.puppycrawl.tools.checkstyle.Main\ -f\ plain
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim

-" sample error: WebTable.java:282: '+=' is not preceeded with whitespace.
-"		WebTable.java:201:1: '{' should be on the previous line.
-CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%v:\ %m,%f:%l:\ %m,%-G%.%#
+" CompilerSet makeprg=java\ com.puppycrawl.tools.checkstyle.Main\ -f\ plain\ -c\ /sun_checks.xml
+" CompilerSet makeprg=java\ -jar\ checkstyle-X.XX-all.jar\ -f\ plain\ -c\ /sun_checks.xml
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=checkstyle\ -f\ plain
+CompilerSet errorformat=[%tRROR]\ %f:%l:%v:\ %m,
+		       \[%tARN]\ %f:%l:%v:\ %m,
+		       \[%tRROR]\ %f:%l:\ %m,
+		       \[%tARN]\ %f:%l:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart VM
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dart"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dart
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:%c:\ Error:\ %m,
+		       \%CTry\ %.%#,
+		       \%Z\ %#^%\\+,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart to JavaScript Compiler
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dart2js"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dart2js
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:%c:,
+		       \%-GError:\ Compilation\ failed.,
+		       \%CError:\ %m,
+		       \%Z\ %#^%\\+,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%trror:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart to Native Compiler
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dart2native"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dart2native
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:%c:\ Error:\ %m,
+		       \%CTry\ %.%#,
+		       \%Z\ %#^%\\+,
+		       \%Z%$,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%E%f:\ %trror:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart Analyzer
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dartanalyzer"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dartanalyzer\ --format\ machine
+CompilerSet errorformat=%t%\\w%\\+\|%\\w%\\+\|%\\w%\\+\|%f\|%l\|%c\|%\\d%\\+\|%m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart Development Compiler
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dartdevc"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dartdevc
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:%c:\ Error:\ %m,
+		       \%CTry\ %.%#,
+		       \%Z\ %#^%\\+,
+		       \%Z%$,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%E%f:\ %trror:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart Documentation Generator
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dartdoc"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dartdoc
+CompilerSet errorformat=\ \ %tarning:\ %m,
+		       \\ \ %trror:\ %m,
+		       \%+EGeneration\ failed:\ %m,
+		       \%+ISuccess!\ Docs\ generated\ into\ %f,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart Formatter
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dartfmt"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dartfmt
+CompilerSet errorformat=%Eline\ %l\\,\ column\ %c\ of\ %f:\ %m,
+		       \%Z\ %\\{3}│\ %\\+^%\\+,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:    ESLint for JavaScript
 " Maintainer:  Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2020 May 17
+" Last Change: 2020 August 20

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif

-CompilerSet makeprg=eslint\ --format\ compact
+CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ eslint\ --format\ compact
 CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m,%-G%.%#
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	GNU Awk
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Feb 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "gawk"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=gawk
+CompilerSet errorformat=%Z%.awk:\ %f:%l:\ %p^\ %m,
+		       \%Eg%\\=awk:\ %f:%l:\ fatal:\ %m,
+		       \%Egawk:\ %f:%l:\ error:\ %m,
+		       \%Wgawk:\ %f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
+		       \%Egawk:\ %f:%l:\ %.%#,
+		       \gawk:\ %f:%l:\ %tatal:\ %m,
+		       \gawk:\ %f:%l:\ %trror:\ %m,
+		       \gawk:\ %f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
+		       \gawk:\ %tatal:\ %m,
+		       \gawk:\ %trror:\ %m,
+		       \gawk:\ %tarning:\ %m,
+		       \%+C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	GJS (Gnome JavaScript Bindings)
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "gjs"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=gjs
+CompilerSet errorformat=%.%#JS\ %tRROR:\ %m\ @\ %f:%c,
+		       \%E%.%#JS\ ERROR:\ %m,
+		       \%Z@%f:%l:%c,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:	javac
+" Compiler:	Java Development Kit Compiler
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2004 Nov 27
+" Last Change:	2019 Oct 21

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -12,6 +12,15 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif

-CompilerSet makeprg=javac
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim

-CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:\ %m,%-Z%p^,%-C%.%#,%-G%.%#
+CompilerSet makeprg=javac
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:\ error:\ %m,
+		       \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
+		       \%-Z%p^,
+		       \%-C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Jest
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2018 May 15
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "jest"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ jest\ --no-colors
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=jest\ --no-colors
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E\ \ ●\ %m,
+		       \%Z\ %\\{4}%.%#Error:\ %f:\ %m\ (%l:%c):%\\=,
+		       \%Z\ %\\{6}at\ %\\S%#\ (%f:%l:%c),
+		       \%+C\ %\\{4}%\\w%.%#,
+		       \%+C\ %\\{4}%[-+]%.%#,
+		       \%-C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Nashorn Shell
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2018 Jan 9
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "jjs"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=jjs
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c\ %m,
+		       \%f:%l\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	JSHint
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "jshint"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ jshint\ --verbose
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=jshint\ --verbose
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m\ (%t%n),
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	JSON Lint
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "jsonlint"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ jsonlint\ --compact\ --quiet
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=jsonlint\ --compact\ --quiet
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ found:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Rhino Shell (JavaScript in Java)
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "rhino"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=java\ -jar\ lib/rhino-X.X.XX.jar\ -w\ -strict
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=rhino
+CompilerSet errorformat=%-Gjs:\ %.%#Compilation\ produced%.%#,
+		       \%Ejs:\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+		       \%Ejs:\ uncaught\ JavaScript\ runtime\ exception:\ %m,
+		       \%Wjs:\ warning:\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+		       \%Zjs:\ %p^,
+		       \%Cjs:\ %.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	RuboCop
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "rubocop"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=rubocop\ --format\ emacs
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ %t:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	ShellCheck
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Sep 4
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "shellcheck"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=shellcheck\ -f\ gcc
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ %trror:\ %m\ [SC%n],
+		       \%f:%l:%c:\ %tarning:\ %m\ [SC%n],
+		       \%f:%l:%c:\ %tote:\ %m\ [SC%n],
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:    Standard for JavaScript
 " Maintainer:  Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2020 May 17
+" Last Change: 2020 August 20

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif

-CompilerSet makeprg=standard
-CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m,%-G%.%#
+CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ standard
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ %m,%-G%.%#
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Stylelint
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Jun 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "stylelint"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ stylelint\ --formatter\ compact
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=stylelint\ --formatter\ compact
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %trror\ -\ %m,
+		       \%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %tarning\ -\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	TypeScript Runner
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Feb 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "node"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ ts-node
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=ts-node
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f\ %#(%l\\,%c):\ %trror\ TS%n:\ %m,
+		       \%E%f:%l,
+		       \%+Z%\\w%\\+Error:\ %.%#,
+		       \%C%p^%\\+,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	TypeScript Compiler
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Feb 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "tsc"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ tsc
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=tsc
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f\ %#(%l\\,%c):\ %trror\ TS%n:\ %m,
+		       \%trror\ TS%n:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	TypeDoc
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Feb 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "typedoc"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ typedoc
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=typedoc
+CompilerSet errorformat=%EError:\ %f(%l),
+		       \%WWarning:\ %f(%l),
+		       \%+IDocumentation\ generated\ at\ %f,
+		       \%Z\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:	xmllint
+" Compiler:	Libxml2 Command-Line Tool
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jul 8
+" Last Change:	2020 Jul 30

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -13,14 +13,16 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
 endif

 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim

 CompilerSet makeprg=xmllint\ --valid\ --noout
-
-CompilerSet errorformat=%+E%f:%l:\ %.%#\ error\ :\ %m,
-		    \%+W%f:%l:\ %.%#\ warning\ :\ %m,
-		    \%-Z%p^,
-		    \%-G%.%#
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:\ %.%#\ error\ :\ %m,
+		       \%W%f:%l:\ %.%#\ warning\ :\ %m,
+		       \%-Z%p^,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%terror:\ %m,
+		       \%tarning:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#

 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Zsh
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Sep 6
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "zsh"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=zsh\ -n\ --\ %:S
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2019 Oct 27
+" Last change:	2020 Sep 30
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -85,17 +85,6 @@ if has('mouse')
  endif
 endif

-" Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the
-" GUI (which always has colors).
-if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
-  " Revert with ":syntax off".
-  syntax on
-
-  " I like highlighting strings inside C comments.
-  " Revert with ":unlet c_comment_strings".
-  let c_comment_strings=1
-endif
-
 " Only do this part when Vim was compiled with the +eval feature.
 if 1

@@ -124,6 +113,17 @@ if 1

 endif

+" Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the
+" GUI (which always has colors).
+if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
+  " Revert with ":syntax off".
+  syntax on
+
+  " I like highlighting strings inside C comments.
+  " Revert with ":unlet c_comment_strings".
+  let c_comment_strings=1
+endif
+
 " Convenient command to see the difference between the current buffer and the
 " file it was loaded from, thus the changes you made.
 " Only define it when not defined already.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 02
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 10


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -70,6 +70,11 @@ effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 The special pattern <buffer> or <buffer=N> defines a buffer-local autocommand.
 See |autocmd-buflocal|.

+If the `:autocmd` is in Vim9 script (a script that starts with `:vim9script`
+and in a `:def` function) then {cmd} will be executed as in Vim9
+script.  Thus this depends on where the autocmd is defined, not where it is
+triggered.
+
 Note: The ":autocmd" command can only be followed by another command when the
 '|' appears before {cmd}.  This works: >
 	:augroup mine | au! BufRead | augroup END
@@ -278,7 +283,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |BufWinLeave|		before a buffer is removed from a window

 |BufUnload|		before unloading a buffer
-|BufHidden|		just after a buffer has become hidden
+|BufHidden|		just before a buffer becomes hidden
 |BufNew|		just after creating a new buffer

 |SwapExists|		detected an existing swap file
@@ -553,12 +558,15 @@ CmdlineChanged			After a change was made to the text in the
 							*CmdlineEnter*
 CmdlineEnter			After moving the cursor to the command line,
 				where the user can type a command or search
-				string.
+				string; including non-interactive use of ":"
+				in a mapping, but not when using |<Cmd>|.
 				<afile> is set to a single character,
 				indicating the type of command-line.
 				|cmdwin-char|
 							*CmdlineLeave*
-CmdlineLeave			Before leaving the command line.
+CmdlineLeave			Before leaving the command line; including
+				non-interactive use of ":" in a mapping, but
+				not when using |<Cmd>|.
 				Also when abandoning the command line, after
 				typing CTRL-C or <Esc>.
 				When the commands result in an error the
@@ -633,7 +641,7 @@ CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either

 							*CursorHold*
 CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
-				specified with 'updatetime'.  Not re-triggered
+				specified with 'updatetime'.  Not triggered
 				until the user has pressed a key (i.e. doesn't
 				fire every 'updatetime' ms if you leave Vim to
 				make some coffee. :)  See |CursorHold-example|
@@ -883,9 +891,14 @@ InsertEnter			Just before starting Insert mode.  Also for
 				The cursor is restored afterwards.  If you do
 				not want that set |v:char| to a non-empty
 				string.
+							*InsertLeavePre*
+InsertLeavePre			Just before leaving Insert mode.  Also when
+				using CTRL-O |i_CTRL-O|.  Be careful not to
+				change mode or use `:normal`, it will likely
+				cause trouble.
 							*InsertLeave*
-InsertLeave			When leaving Insert mode.  Also when using
-				CTRL-O |i_CTRL-O|.  But not for |i_CTRL-C|.
+InsertLeave			Just after leaving Insert mode.  Also when
+				using CTRL-O |i_CTRL-O|.  But not for |i_CTRL-C|.
 							*MenuPopup*
 MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 				right mouse button).  Useful for adjusting the
@@ -1209,6 +1222,7 @@ VimLeave			Before exiting Vim, just after writing the
 				To detect an abnormal exit use |v:dying|.
 				When v:dying is 2 or more this event is not
 				triggered.
+				To get the exit code use |v:exiting|.
 							*VimLeavePre*
 VimLeavePre			Before exiting Vim, just before writing the
 				.viminfo file.  This is executed only once,
@@ -1219,6 +1233,7 @@ VimLeavePre			Before exiting Vim, just before writing the
 <				To detect an abnormal exit use |v:dying|.
 				When v:dying is 2 or more this event is not
 				triggered.
+				To get the exit code use |v:exiting|.
 							*VimResized*
 VimResized			After the Vim window was resized, thus 'lines'
 				and/or 'columns' changed.  Not when starting
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 04
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ the 'joinspaces' option is on, these commands insert two spaces after a '.',
 '!' or '?' (but if 'cpoptions' includes the 'j' flag, they insert two spaces
 only after a '.').
 The 'B' and 'M' flags in 'formatoptions' change the behavior for inserting
-spaces before and after a multi-byte character |fo-table|.
+spaces before and after a multibyte character |fo-table|.

 The '[ mark is set at the end of the first line that was joined, '] at the end
 of the resulting line.
@@ -1680,11 +1680,11 @@ b	Like 'v', but only auto-wrap if you enter a blank at or before
 l	Long lines are not broken in insert mode: When a line was longer than
 	'textwidth' when the insert command started, Vim does not
 	automatically format it.
-m	Also break at a multi-byte character above 255.  This is useful for
+m	Also break at a multibyte character above 255.  This is useful for
 	Asian text where every character is a word on its own.
-M	When joining lines, don't insert a space before or after a multi-byte
+M	When joining lines, don't insert a space before or after a multibyte
 	character.  Overrules the 'B' flag.
-B	When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multi-byte
+B	When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multibyte
 	characters.  Overruled by the 'M' flag.
 1	Don't break a line after a one-letter word.  It's broken before it
 	instead (if possible).
@@ -1801,7 +1801,7 @@ Vim has a sorting function and a sorting command.  The sorting function can be
 found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.

 							*:sor* *:sort*
-:[range]sor[t][!] [b][f][i][n][o][r][u][x] [/{pattern}/]
+:[range]sor[t][!] [b][f][i][l][n][o][r][u][x] [/{pattern}/]
 			Sort lines in [range].  When no range is given all
 			lines are sorted.

@@ -1809,6 +1809,16 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.

 			With [i] case is ignored.

+			With [l] sort uses the current collation locale.
+			Implementation details: strcoll() is used to compare
+			strings. See |:language| to check or set the collation
+			locale. Example: >
+				:language collate en_US.UTF-8
+				:%sort l
+<			|v:collate| can also used to check the current locale.
+			Sorting using the locale typically ignores case.
+			This does not work properly on Mac.
+
 			Options [n][f][x][o][b] are mutually exclusive.

 			With [n] sorting is done on the first decimal number
@@ -1842,6 +1852,8 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 			When /{pattern}/ is specified and there is no [r] flag
 			the text matched with {pattern} is skipped, so that
 			you sort on what comes after the match.
+			'ignorecase' applies to the pattern, but 'smartcase'
+			is not used.
 			Instead of the slash any non-letter can be used.
 			For example, to sort on the second comma-separated
 			field: >
@@ -1875,8 +1887,7 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 Note that using `:sort` with `:global` doesn't sort the matching lines, it's
 quite useless.

-The details about sorting depend on the library function used.  There is no
-guarantee that sorting obeys the current locale.  You will have to try it out.
+`:sort` does not use the current locale unless the l flag is used.
 Vim does do a "stable" sort.

 The sorting can be interrupted, but if you interrupt it too late in the
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 10
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 17


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -608,6 +608,10 @@ ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
 		after every message, on Unix you can use "tail -f" to see what
 		is going on in real time.

+		To enable the log very early, to see what is received from a
+		terminal during startup, use |--cmd|: >
+			vim --cmd "call ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')"
+<
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		NOTE: the channel communication is stored in the file, be
 		aware that this may contain confidential and privacy sensitive
@@ -961,6 +965,10 @@ job_status({job})					*job_status()* *E916*
 		"fail", because a fork happens before the failure can be
 		detected.

+		If in Vim9 script a variable is declared with type "job" but
+		never assigned to, passing that variable to job_status()
+		returns "fail".
+
 		If an exit callback was set with the "exit_cb" option and the
 		job is now detected to be "dead" the callback will be invoked.

@@ -1256,7 +1264,9 @@ After setting 'buftype' to "prompt" Vim does not automatically start Insert
 mode, use `:startinsert` if you want to enter Insert mode, so that the user
 can start typing a line.

-The text of the prompt can be set with the |prompt_setprompt()| function.
+The text of the prompt can be set with the |prompt_setprompt()| function. If
+no prompt is set with |prompt_setprompt()|, "% " is used. You can get the
+effective prompt text for a buffer, with |prompt_getprompt()|.

 The user can go to Normal mode and navigate through the buffer.  This can be
 useful to see older output or copy text.
@@ -1282,7 +1292,7 @@ prompt. >
 	  " Send the text to a shell with Enter appended.
 	  call ch_sendraw(g:shell_job, a:text .. "\n")
 	endfunc
-		
+
 	" Function handling output from the shell: Added above the prompt.
 	func GotOutput(channel, msg)
 	  call append(line("$") - 1, "- " . a:msg)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 26
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ three lines: >
 <

 Visual Mode and Range					*v_:*
-
+							*:star-visual-range*
 {Visual}:	Starts a command-line with the Visual selected lines as a
 		range.  The code `:'<,'>` is used for this range, which makes
 		it possible to select a similar line from the command-line
@@ -873,34 +873,37 @@ it, no matter how many backslashes.
 	   \\#			\#
 Also see |`=|.

-			       *:<cword>* *<cword>* *:<cWORD>* *<cWORD>*
-			       *:<cexpr>* *<cexpr>* *:<cfile>* *<cfile>*
-			       *:<afile>* *<afile>* *:<abuf>* *<abuf>*
-			       *:<amatch>* *<amatch>* *:<stack>* *<stack>*
-			       *:<sfile>* *<sfile>* *:<slnum>* *<slnum>*
-			       *:<sflnum>* *<sflnum>* *E499* *E500*
+							*E499* *E500*
 Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
+							*:<cword>* *<cword>*
 	<cword>    is replaced with the word under the cursor (like |star|)
+							*:<cWORD>* *<cWORD>*
 	<cWORD>    is replaced with the WORD under the cursor (see |WORD|)
+							*:<cexpr>* *<cexpr>*
 	<cexpr>    is replaced with the word under the cursor, including more
 		   to form a C expression.  E.g., when the cursor is on "arg"
 		   of "ptr->arg" then the result is "ptr->arg"; when the
 		   cursor is on "]" of "list[idx]" then the result is
 		   "list[idx]".  This is used for |v:beval_text|.
+							*:<cfile>* *<cfile>*
 	<cfile>    is replaced with the path name under the cursor (like what
 		   |gf| uses)
+							*:<afile>* *<afile>*
 	<afile>    When executing autocommands, is replaced with the file name
 		   of the buffer being manipulated, or the file for a read or
 		   write.  *E495*
+							*:<abuf>* *<abuf>*
 	<abuf>     When executing autocommands, is replaced with the currently
 		   effective buffer number (for ":r file" and ":so file" it is
 		   the current buffer, the file being read/sourced is not in a
 		   buffer).  *E496*
+							*:<amatch>* *<amatch>*
 	<amatch>   When executing autocommands, is replaced with the match for
 		   which this autocommand was executed.  *E497*
 		   It differs from <afile> only when the file name isn't used
 		   to match with (for FileType, Syntax and SpellFileMissing
 		   events).
+							*:<sfile>* *<sfile>*
 	<sfile>    When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498*
 		   When executing a function, is replaced with the call stack,
@@ -908,18 +911,24 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   <stack> is preferred).
 		   Note that filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is
 		   not used inside a script.
+							*:<stack>* *<stack>*
 	<stack>	   is replaced with the call stack, using
 		   "function {function-name}[{lnum}]" for a function line
 		   and "script {file-name}[{lnum}]" for a script line, and
 		   ".." in between items.  E.g.:
 		   "function {function-name1}[{lnum}]..{function-name2}[{lnum}]"
+							*:<slnum>* *<slnum>*
 	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 		   line number.  *E842*
 		   When executing a function it's the line number relative to
 		   the start of the function.
+							*:<sflnum>* *<sflnum>*
 	<sflnum>   When executing a script, is replaced with the line number.
 		   It differs from <slnum> in that <sflnum> is replaced with
 		   the script line number in any situation.  *E961*
+							*:<client>* *<client>*
+	<client>   is replaced with the {clinetid} of the last received
+		   message in |server2client()|

 							 *filename-modifiers*
 *:_%:* *::8* *::p* *::.* *::~* *::h* *::t* *::r* *::e* *::s* *::gs* *::S*
@@ -1130,7 +1139,8 @@ CTRL-C		Continue in Command-line mode.  The command-line under the
 		in Normal mode.  There is no redraw, thus the window will
 		remain visible.
 :quit		Discard the command line and go back to Normal mode.
-		":close", ":exit", ":xit" and CTRL-\ CTRL-N also work.
+		":close", CTRL-W c, ":exit", ":xit" and CTRL-\ CTRL-N also
+		work.
 :qall		Quit Vim, unless there are changes in some buffer.
 :qall!		Quit Vim, discarding changes to any buffer.

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 27
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ available spell checking libraries and programs.  Unfortunately, the result
 was that none of them provided sufficient capabilities to be used as the spell
 checking engine in Vim, for various reasons:

- Missing support for multi-byte encodings.  At least UTF-8 must be supported,
+- Missing support for multibyte encodings.  At least UTF-8 must be supported,
  so that more than one language can be used in the same file.
  Doing on-the-fly conversion is not always possible (would require iconv
  support).
@@ -921,6 +921,7 @@ char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ‟	9"	201F	8223	DOUBLE HIGH-REVERSED-9 QUOTATION MARK
 †	/-	2020	8224	DAGGER
 ‡	/=	2021	8225	DOUBLE DAGGER
+•	oo	2022	8226	BULLET
 ‥	..	2025	8229	TWO DOT LEADER
 …	,.	2026	8230	HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
 ‰	%0	2030	8240	PER MILLE SIGN
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 05
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 23


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -73,10 +73,14 @@ g CTRL-G		Prints the current position of the cursor in five
 			ways: Column, Line, Word, Character and Byte.  If the
 			number of Characters and Bytes is the same then the
 			Character position is omitted.
+
 			If there are characters in the line that take more
 			than one position on the screen (<Tab> or special
-			character), both the "real" column and the screen
-			column are shown, separated with a dash.
+			character), or characters using more than one byte per
+			column (characters above 0x7F when 'encoding' is
+			utf-8), both the byte column and the screen column are
+			shown, separated by a dash.
+
 			Also see the 'ruler' option and the |wordcount()|
 			function.

@@ -652,7 +656,7 @@ list of the current window.
 				:args ## x
 <			This will add the "x" item and sort the new list.

-:argd[elete] {pattern} ..			*:argd* *:argdelete* *E480*
+:argd[elete] {pattern} ..		*:argd* *:argdelete* *E480* *E610*
 			Delete files from the argument list that match the
 			{pattern}s.  {pattern} is used like a file pattern,
 			see |file-pattern|.  "%" can be used to delete the
@@ -662,7 +666,7 @@ list of the current window.
 			Example: >
 				:argdel *.obj

-:[range]argd[elete]	Delete the {range} files from the argument list.
+:[range]argd[elete]	Delete the [range] files from the argument list.
 			Example: >
 				:10,$argdel
 <			Deletes arguments 10 and further, keeping 1-9. >
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 07
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 02


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -120,8 +120,9 @@ base, use |str2nr()|.

 						*TRUE* *FALSE* *Boolean*
 For boolean operators Numbers are used.  Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
-You can also use |v:false| and |v:true|.  When TRUE is returned from a
-function it is the Number one, FALSE is the number zero.
+You can also use |v:false| and |v:true|.  In Vim9 script |false| and |true|.
+When TRUE is returned from a function it is the Number one, FALSE is the
+number zero.

 Note that in the command: >
 	:if "foo"
@@ -132,7 +133,27 @@ non-zero number it means TRUE: >
 	:" executed
 To test for a non-empty string, use empty(): >
 	:if !empty("foo")
-<
+
+<						*falsy* *truthy*
+An expression can be used as a condition, ignoring the type and only using
+whether the value is "sort of true" or "sort of false".  Falsy is:
+	the number zero
+	empty string, blob, list or dictionary
+Other values are truthy.  Examples:
+	0	falsy
+	1	truthy
+	-1	truthy
+	0.0	falsy
+	0.1	truthy
+	''	falsy
+	'x'	truthy
+	[]	falsy
+	[0]	truthy
+	{}	falsy
+	#{x: 1} truthy
+	0z	falsy
+	0z00	truthy
+
 							*non-zero-arg*
 Function arguments often behave slightly different from |TRUE|: If the
 argument is present and it evaluates to a non-zero Number, |v:true| or a
@@ -876,10 +897,13 @@ Example: >
 All expressions within one level are parsed from left to right.


-expr1							*expr1* *E109*
+expr1				*expr1* *trinary* *falsy-operator* *??* *E109*
 -----

-expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
+The trinary operator: expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
+The falsy operator:   expr2 ?? expr1
+
+Trinary operator ~

 The expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number.  If it evaluates to
 |TRUE|, the result is the value of the expression between the '?' and ':',
@@ -902,6 +926,23 @@ To keep this readable, using |line-continuation| is suggested: >
 You should always put a space before the ':', otherwise it can be mistaken for
 use in a variable such as "a:1".

+Falsy operator ~
+
+This is also known as the "null coalescing operator", but that's too
+complicated, thus we just call it the falsy operator.
+
+The expression before the '??' is evaluated.  If it evaluates to
+|truthy|, this is used as the result.  Otherwise the expression after the '??'
+is evaluated and used as the result.  This is most useful to have a default
+value for an expression that may result in zero or empty: >
+	echo theList ?? 'list is empty'
+	echo GetName() ?? 'unknown'
+
+These are similar, but not equal: >
+	expr2 ?? expr1
+	expr2 ? expr2 : expr1
+In the second line "expr2" is evaluated twice.
+

 expr2 and expr3						*expr2* *expr3*
 ---------------
@@ -1131,19 +1172,25 @@ Evaluation is always from left to right.

 expr8[expr1]		item of String or |List|	*expr-[]* *E111*
 							*E909* *subscript*
+In legacy Vim script:
 If expr8 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
-expr1'th single byte from expr8.  expr8 is used as a String, expr1 as a
-Number.  This doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings, see `byteidx()` for
-an alternative, or use `split()` to turn the string into a list of characters.
-
-Index zero gives the first byte.  This is like it works in C.  Careful:
-text column numbers start with one!  Example, to get the byte under the
-cursor: >
+expr1'th single byte from expr8.  expr8 is used as a String (a number is
+automatically converted to a String), expr1 as a Number.  This doesn't
+recognize multibyte encodings, see `byteidx()` for an alternative, or use
+`split()` to turn the string into a list of characters.  Example, to get the
+byte under the cursor: >
 	:let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]

+In Vim9 script:
+If expr8 is a String this results in a String that contains the expr1'th
+single character from expr8.  To use byte indexes use |strpart()|.
+
+Index zero gives the first byte or character.  Careful: text column numbers
+start with one!
+
 If the length of the String is less than the index, the result is an empty
 String.  A negative index always results in an empty string (reason: backward
-compatibility).  Use [-1:] to get the last byte.
+compatibility).  Use [-1:] to get the last byte or character.

 If expr8 is a |List| then it results the item at index expr1.  See |list-index|
 for possible index values.  If the index is out of range this results in an
@@ -1157,10 +1204,16 @@ error.

 expr8[expr1a : expr1b]	substring or sublist		*expr-[:]*

-If expr8 is a Number or String this results in the substring with the bytes
-from expr1a to and including expr1b.  expr8 is used as a String, expr1a and
-expr1b are used as a Number.  This doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings, see
-|byteidx()| for computing the indexes.
+If expr8 is a String this results in the substring with the bytes or
+characters from expr1a to and including expr1b.  expr8 is used as a String,
+expr1a and expr1b are used as a Number.
+
+In legacy Vim script the indexes are byte indexes.  This doesn't recognize
+multibyte encodings, see |byteidx()| for computing the indexes.  If expr8 is
+a Number it is first converted to a String.
+
+In Vim9 script the indexes are character indexes.  To use byte indexes use
+|strpart()|.

 If expr1a is omitted zero is used.  If expr1b is omitted the length of the
 string minus one is used.
@@ -1173,6 +1226,7 @@ expr1b is smaller than expr1a the result is an empty string.

 Examples: >
 	:let c = name[-1:]		" last byte of a string
+	:let c = name[0:-1]		" the whole string
 	:let c = name[-2:-2]		" last but one byte of a string
 	:let s = line(".")[4:]		" from the fifth byte to the end
 	:let s = s[:-3]			" remove last two bytes
@@ -1796,6 +1850,13 @@ v:dying		Normally zero.  When a deadly signal is caught it's set to
 <		Note: if another deadly signal is caught when v:dying is one,
 		VimLeave autocommands will not be executed.

+					*v:exiting* *exiting-variable*
+v:exiting	Vim exit code.  Normally zero, non-zero when something went
+		wrong.  The value is v:null before invoking the |VimLeavePre|
+		and |VimLeave| autocmds.  See |:q|, |:x| and |:cquit|.
+		Example: >
+			:au VimLeave * echo "Exit value is " .. v:exiting
+<
 					*v:echospace* *echospace-variable*
 v:echospace	Number of screen cells that can be used for an `:echo` message
 		in the last screen line before causing the |hit-enter-prompt|.
@@ -2359,7 +2420,7 @@ assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two} [, {msg}])
 				Number	assert file contents are equal
 assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])
 				Number	assert {error} is in v:exception
-assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]])
+assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])
 				Number	assert {cmd} fails
 assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])
 				Number	assert {actual} is false
@@ -2425,6 +2486,7 @@ ch_status({handle} [, {options}])
 				String	status of channel {handle}
 changenr()			Number	current change number
 char2nr({expr} [, {utf8}])	Number	ASCII/UTF8 value of first char in {expr}
+charclass({string})		Number	character class of {string}
 chdir({dir})			String	change current working directory
 cindent({lnum})			Number	C indent for line {lnum}
 clearmatches([{win}])		none	clear all matches
@@ -2513,7 +2575,7 @@ getcmdtype()			String	return current command-line type
 getcmdwintype()			String	return current command-line window type
 getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])
 				List	list of cmdline completion matches
-getcurpos()			List	position of the cursor
+getcurpos([{winnr}])		List	position of the cursor
 getcwd([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])	String	get the current working directory
 getenv({name})			String	return environment variable
 getfontname([{name}])		String	name of font being used
@@ -2545,6 +2607,7 @@ gettabvar({nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {name} [, {def}])
 				any	{name} in {winnr} in tab page {tabnr}
 gettagstack([{nr}])		Dict	get the tag stack of window {nr}
+gettext({text})			String	lookup translation of {text}
 getwininfo([{winid}])		List	list of info about each window
 getwinpos([{timeout}])		List	X and Y coord in pixels of the Vim window
 getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of the Vim window
@@ -2625,8 +2688,9 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])
 					rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
 mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
 				String	check for mappings matching {name}
-mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})
-				none	restore mapping from |maparg()| result
+mapnew({expr1}, {expr2})	List/Dict  like |map()| but creates a new List
+					   or Dictionary
+mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})	none	restore mapping from |maparg()| result
 match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 				Number	position where {pat} matches in {expr}
 matchadd({group}, {pattern} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])
@@ -2637,6 +2701,10 @@ matcharg({nr})			List	arguments of |:match|
 matchdelete({id} [, {win}])	Number	delete match identified by {id}
 matchend({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 				Number	position where {pat} ends in {expr}
+matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])
+				List	fuzzy match {str} in {list}
+matchfuzzypos({list}, {str} [, {dict}])
+				List	fuzzy match {str} in {list}
 matchlist({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 				List	match and submatches of {pat} in {expr}
 matchstr({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
@@ -2653,7 +2721,7 @@ mzeval({expr})			any	evaluate |MzScheme| expression
 nextnonblank({lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
 nr2char({expr} [, {utf8}])	String	single char with ASCII/UTF8 value {expr}
 or({expr}, {expr})		Number	bitwise OR
-pathshorten({expr})		String	shorten directory names in a path
+pathshorten({expr} [, {len}])	String	shorten directory names in a path
 perleval({expr})		any	evaluate |Perl| expression
 popup_atcursor({what}, {options}) Number create popup window near the cursor
 popup_beval({what}, {options})	Number	create popup window for 'ballooneval'
@@ -2681,6 +2749,7 @@ popup_show({id})		none	unhide popup window {id}
 pow({x}, {y})			Float	{x} to the power of {y}
 prevnonblank({lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
 printf({fmt}, {expr1}...)	String	format text
+prompt_getprompt({buf})		String	get prompt text
 prompt_setcallback({buf}, {expr}) none	set prompt callback function
 prompt_setinterrupt({buf}, {text}) none	set prompt interrupt function
 prompt_setprompt({buf}, {text}) none	set prompt text
@@ -2697,7 +2766,7 @@ prop_type_change({name}, {props})
 				none	change an existing property type
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])
 				none	delete a property type
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])
+prop_type_get({name} [, {props}])
 				Dict	get property type values
 prop_type_list([{props}])	List	get list of property types
 pum_getpos()			Dict	position and size of pum if visible
@@ -2768,6 +2837,7 @@ setbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {text})
 					{expr}
 setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val})
 				none	set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
+setcellwidths({list})		none	set character cell width overrides
 setcharsearch({dict})		Dict	set character search from {dict}
 setcmdpos({pos})		Number	set cursor position in command-line
 setenv({name}, {val})		none	set environment variable
@@ -2836,7 +2906,8 @@ str2list({expr} [, {utf8}])	List	convert each character of {expr} to
 str2nr({expr} [, {base} [, {quoted}]])
 				Number	convert String to Number
 strcharpart({str}, {start} [, {len}])
-				String	{len} characters of {str} at {start}
+				String	{len} characters of {str} at
+					character {start}
 strchars({expr} [, {skipcc}])	Number	character length of the String {expr}
 strdisplaywidth({expr} [, {col}]) Number display length of the String {expr}
 strftime({format} [, {time}])	String	format time with a specified format
@@ -2845,8 +2916,9 @@ stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
 				Number	index of {needle} in {haystack}
 string({expr})			String	String representation of {expr} value
 strlen({expr})			Number	length of the String {expr}
-strpart({str}, {start} [, {len}])
-				String	{len} bytes of {str} at byte {start}
+strpart({str}, {start} [, {len} [, {chars}]])
+				String	{len} bytes/chars of {str} at
+					byte {start}
 strptime({format}, {timestring})
 				Number	Convert {timestring} to unix timestamp
 strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
@@ -3074,7 +3146,7 @@ appendbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {text})			*appendbufline()*
 		error message is given. Example: >
 			:let failed = appendbufline(13, 0, "# THE START")
 <
-<		Can also be used as a |method| after a List, the base is
+		Can also be used as a |method| after a List, the base is
 		passed as the second argument: >
 			mylist->appendbufline(buf, lnum)

@@ -3355,7 +3427,7 @@ bufnr([{expr} [, {create}]])
 		above.

 		If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned.  Or, if the
-		{create} argument is present and not zero, a new, unlisted,
+		{create} argument is present and TRUE, a new, unlisted,
 		buffer is created and its number is returned.  Example: >
 			let newbuf = bufnr('Scratch001', 1)
 <		Using an empty name uses the current buffer. To create a new
@@ -3418,9 +3490,10 @@ byte2line({byte})					*byte2line()*

 byteidx({expr}, {nr})					*byteidx()*
 		Return byte index of the {nr}'th character in the string
-		{expr}.  Use zero for the first character, it returns zero.
-		This function is only useful when there are multibyte
-		characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
+		{expr}.  Use zero for the first character, it then returns
+		zero.
+		If there are no multibyte characters the returned value is
+		equal to {nr}.
 		Composing characters are not counted separately, their byte
 		length is added to the preceding base character.  See
 		|byteidxcomp()| below for counting composing characters
@@ -3450,7 +3523,7 @@ byteidxcomp({expr}, {nr})					*byteidxcomp()*
 <		The first and third echo result in 3 ('e' plus composing
 		character is 3 bytes), the second echo results in 1 ('e' is
 		one byte).
-		Only works different from byteidx() when 'encoding' is set to
+		Only works differently from byteidx() when 'encoding' is set to
 		a Unicode encoding.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -3505,7 +3578,7 @@ char2nr({expr} [, {utf8}])					*char2nr()*
 		Example for "utf-8": >
 			char2nr("á")		returns 225
 			char2nr("á"[0])		returns 195
-<		With {utf8} set to 1, always treat as utf-8 characters.
+<		With {utf8} set to TRUE, always treat as utf-8 characters.
 		A combining character is a separate character.
 		|nr2char()| does the opposite.
 		To turn a string into a list of character numbers: >
@@ -3516,6 +3589,18 @@ char2nr({expr} [, {utf8}])					*char2nr()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChar()->char2nr()

+
+charclass({string})					*charclass()*
+		Return the character class of the first character in {string}.
+		The character class is one of:
+			0	blank
+			1	punctuation
+			2	word character
+			3	emoji
+			other	specific Unicode class
+		The class is used in patterns and word motions.
+
+
 chdir({dir})						*chdir()*
 		Change the current working directory to {dir}.  The scope of
 		the directory change depends on the directory of the current
@@ -3733,7 +3818,7 @@ confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
 		not need to be the first letter: >
 			confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All")
 <		For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as
-		the default shortcut key.
+		the default shortcut key.  Case is ignored.

 		The optional {default} argument is the number of the choice
 		that is made if the user hits <CR>.  Use 1 to make the first
@@ -4280,6 +4365,7 @@ expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 			<afile>		autocmd file name
 			<abuf>		autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
 			<amatch>	autocmd matched name
+			<cexpr>		C expression under the cursor
 			<sfile>		sourced script file or function name
 			<slnum>		sourced script line number or function
 					line number
@@ -4287,6 +4373,7 @@ expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 					a function
 			<SID>		"<SNR>123_"  where "123" is the
 					current script ID  |<SID>|
+			<stack>		call stack
 			<cword>		word under the cursor
 			<cWORD>		WORD under the cursor
 			<client>	the {clientid} of the last received
@@ -4360,10 +4447,10 @@ extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extend()*
 		|Dictionaries|.

 		If they are |Lists|: Append {expr2} to {expr1}.
-		If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before item
-		{expr3} in {expr1}.  When {expr3} is zero insert before the
-		first item.  When {expr3} is equal to len({expr1}) then
-		{expr2} is appended.
+		If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before the
+		item with index {expr3} in {expr1}.  When {expr3} is zero
+		insert before the first item.  When {expr3} is equal to
+		len({expr1}) then {expr2} is appended.
 		Examples: >
 			:echo sort(extend(mylist, [7, 5]))
 			:call extend(mylist, [2, 3], 1)
@@ -4984,9 +5071,9 @@ getbufvar({expr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 		The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
 		{varname} in buffer {expr}.  Note that the name without "b:"
 		must be used.
-		When {varname} is empty returns a dictionary with all the
+		When {varname} is empty returns a |Dictionary| with all the
 		buffer-local variables.
-		When {varname} is equal to "&" returns a dictionary with all
+		When {varname} is equal to "&" returns a |Dictionary| with all
 		the buffer-local options.
 		Otherwise, when {varname} starts with "&" returns the value of
 		a buffer-local option.
@@ -5234,13 +5321,20 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 			GetPattern()->getcompletion('color')
 <
 							*getcurpos()*
-getcurpos()	Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
+getcurpos([{winid}])
+		Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
 		includes an extra "curswant" item in the list:
 		    [0, lnum, col, off, curswant] ~
 		The "curswant" number is the preferred column when moving the
 		cursor vertically.  Also see |getpos()|.
 		The first "bufnum" item is always zero.

+		The optional {winid} argument can specify the window.  It can
+		be the window number or the |window-ID|.  The last known
+		cursor position is returned, this may be invalid for the
+		current value of the buffer if it is not the current window.
+		If {winid} is invalid a list with zeroes is returned.
+
 		This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >
 			let save_cursor = getcurpos()
 			MoveTheCursorAround
@@ -5451,8 +5545,9 @@ getloclist({nr} [, {what}])				*getloclist()*
 					|location-list-file-window| for more
 					details.

-		Returns an empty Dictionary if there is no location list for
-		the window {nr} or the window is not present.
+		Returns a |Dictionary| with default values if there is no
+		location list for the window {nr}.
+		Returns an empty Dictionary if window {nr} does not exist.

 		Examples (See also |getqflist-examples|): >
 			:echo getloclist(3, {'all': 0})
@@ -5467,7 +5562,7 @@ getmarklist([{expr}])					*getmarklist()*
 		local marks defined in buffer {expr}.  For the use of {expr},
 		see |bufname()|.

-		Each item in the retuned List is a |Dict| with the following:
+		Each item in the returned List is a |Dict| with the following:
 		    name - name of the mark prefixed by "'"
 		    pos - a |List| with the position of the mark:
 				[bufnum, lnum, col, off]
@@ -5564,7 +5659,7 @@ getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}


 getqflist([{what}])					*getqflist()*
-		Returns a list with all the current quickfix errors.  Each
+		Returns a |List| with all the current quickfix errors.  Each
 		list item is a dictionary with these entries:
 			bufnr	number of buffer that has the file name, use
 				bufname() to get the name
@@ -5704,6 +5799,7 @@ getreginfo([{regname}])					*getreginfo()*
 		If {regname} is invalid or not set, an empty Dictionary
 		will be returned.
 		If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
+		The returned Dictionary can be passed to |setreg()|.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetRegname()->getreginfo()
@@ -5810,6 +5906,19 @@ gettagstack([{nr}])					*gettagstack()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinnr()->gettagstack()

+
+gettext({text})						*gettext()*
+		Translate {text} if possible.
+		This is mainly for use in the distributed Vim scripts.  When
+		generating message translations the {text} is extracted by
+		xgettext, the translator can add the translated message in the
+		.po file and Vim will lookup the translation when gettext() is
+		called.
+		For {text} double quoted strings are preferred, because
+		xgettext does not understand escaping in single quoted
+		strings.
+
+
 getwininfo([{winid}])					*getwininfo()*
 		Returns information about windows as a |List| with Dictionaries.

@@ -5998,7 +6107,7 @@ has({feature} [, {check}])
 		zero otherwise.  This is useful to check for a typo in
 		{feature} and to detect dead code.  Keep in mind that an older
 		Vim version will not know about a feature added later and
-		features that have been abandoned will not be know by the
+		features that have been abandoned will not be known by the
 		current Vim version.

 		Also see |exists()|.
@@ -6898,9 +7007,14 @@ luaeval({expr} [, {expr}])					*luaeval()*
 <		{only available when compiled with the |+lua| feature}

 map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
-		{expr1} must be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.
+		{expr1} must be a |List|, |Blob| or |Dictionary|.
 		Replace each item in {expr1} with the result of evaluating
-		{expr2}.  {expr2} must be a |string| or |Funcref|.
+		{expr2}.  For a |Blob| each byte is replaced.
+		If the item type changes you may want to use |mapnew()| to
+		create a new List or Dictionary.  This is required when using
+		Vim9 script.
+
+		{expr2} must be a |string| or |Funcref|.

 		If {expr2} is a |string|, inside {expr2} |v:val| has the value
 		of the current item.  For a |Dictionary| |v:key| has the key
@@ -6935,11 +7049,11 @@ map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		|Dictionary| to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
 			:let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' v:val . "\t"')

-<		Returns {expr1}, the |List| or |Dictionary| that was filtered.
-		When an error is encountered while evaluating {expr2} no
-		further items in {expr1} are processed.  When {expr2} is a
-		Funcref errors inside a function are ignored, unless it was
-		defined with the "abort" flag.
+<		Returns {expr1}, the |List|, |Blob| or |Dictionary| that was
+		filtered.  When an error is encountered while evaluating
+		{expr2} no further items in {expr1} are processed.  When
+		{expr2} is a Funcref errors inside a function are ignored,
+		unless it was defined with the "abort" flag.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->map(expr2)
@@ -7048,7 +7162,14 @@ mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])			*mapcheck()*
 			GetKey()->mapcheck('n')


-mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})				*mapset()*
+mapnew({expr1}, {expr2})					*mapnew()*
+		Like |map()| but instead of replacing items in {expr1} a new
+		List or Dictionary is created and returned.  {expr1} remains
+		unchanged.  Items can still be changed by {expr2}, if you
+		don't want that use |deepcopy()| first.
+
+
+mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})					*mapset()*
 		Restore a mapping from a dictionary returned by |maparg()|.
 		{mode} and {abbr} should be the same as for the call to
 		|maparg()|. *E460*
@@ -7272,6 +7393,84 @@ matchend({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])			*matchend()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->matchend('word')

+
+matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
+		If {list} is a list of strings, then returns a |List| with all
+		the strings in {list} that fuzzy match {str}. The strings in
+		the returned list are sorted based on the matching score.
+
+		The optional {dict} argument always supports the following
+		items:
+		    matchseq	When this item is present and {str} contains
+				multiple words separated by white space, then
+				returns only matches that contain the words in
+				the given sequence.
+
+		If {list} is a list of dictionaries, then the optional {dict}
+		argument supports the following additional items:
+		    key		key of the item which is fuzzy matched against
+				{str}. The value of this item should be a
+				string.
+		    text_cb	|Funcref| that will be called for every item
+				in {list} to get the text for fuzzy matching.
+				This should accept a dictionary item as the
+				argument and return the text for that item to
+				use for fuzzy matching.
+
+		{str} is treated as a literal string and regular expression
+		matching is NOT supported.  The maximum supported {str} length
+		is 256.
+
+		When {str} has multiple words each separated by white space,
+		then the list of strings that have all the words is returned.
+
+		If there are no matching strings or there is an error, then an
+		empty list is returned. If length of {str} is greater than
+		256, then returns an empty list.
+
+		Example: >
+		   :echo matchfuzzy(["clay", "crow"], "cay")
+<		results in ["clay"]. >
+		   :echo getbufinfo()->map({_, v -> v.name})->matchfuzzy("ndl")
+<		results in a list of buffer names fuzzy matching "ndl". >
+		   :echo getbufinfo()->matchfuzzy("ndl", {'key' : 'name'})
+<		results in a list of buffer information dicts with buffer
+		names fuzzy matching "ndl". >
+		   :echo getbufinfo()->matchfuzzy("spl",
+						\ {'text_cb' : {v -> v.name}})
+<		results in a list of buffer information dicts with buffer
+		names fuzzy matching "spl". >
+		   :echo v:oldfiles->matchfuzzy("test")
+<		results in a list of file names fuzzy matching "test". >
+		   :let l = readfile("buffer.c")->matchfuzzy("str")
+<		results in a list of lines in "buffer.c" fuzzy matching "str". >
+		   :echo ['one two', 'two one']->matchfuzzy('two one')
+<		results in ['two one', 'one two']. >
+		   :echo ['one two', 'two one']->matchfuzzy('two one',
+						\ {'matchseq': 1})
+<		results in ['two one'].
+
+matchfuzzypos({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzypos()*
+		Same as |matchfuzzy()|, but returns the list of matched
+		strings and the list of character positions where characters
+		in {str} matches.  You can use |byteidx()|to convert a
+		character position to a byte position.
+
+
+		If {str} matches multiple times in a string, then only the
+		positions for the best match is returned.
+
+		If there are no matching strings or there is an error, then a
+		list with two empty list items is returned.
+
+		Example: >
+			:echo matchfuzzypos(['testing'], 'tsg')
+<		results in [['testing'], [[0, 2, 6]]] >
+			:echo matchfuzzypos(['clay', 'lacy'], 'la')
+<		results in [['lacy', 'clay'], [[0, 1], [1, 2]]] >
+			:echo [{'text': 'hello', 'id' : 10}]->matchfuzzypos('ll', {'key' : 'text'})
+<		results in [{'id': 10, 'text': 'hello'}] [[2, 3]]
+
 matchlist({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])		*matchlist()*
 		Same as |match()|, but return a |List|.  The first item in the
 		list is the matched string, same as what matchstr() would
@@ -7546,13 +7745,17 @@ or({expr}, {expr})					*or()*
 			:let bits = bits->or(0x80)


-pathshorten({expr})					*pathshorten()*
+pathshorten({expr} [, {len}])				*pathshorten()*
 		Shorten directory names in the path {expr} and return the
 		result.  The tail, the file name, is kept as-is.  The other
-		components in the path are reduced to single letters.  Leading
-		'~' and '.' characters are kept.  Example: >
+		components in the path are reduced to {len} letters in length.
+		If {len} is omitted or smaller than 1 then 1 is used (single
+		letters).  Leading '~' and '.' characters are kept.  Examples: >
 			:echo pathshorten('~/.vim/autoload/myfile.vim')
 <			~/.v/a/myfile.vim ~
+>
+			:echo pathshorten('~/.vim/autoload/myfile.vim', 2)
+<			~/.vi/au/myfile.vim ~
 		It doesn't matter if the path exists or not.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -7574,7 +7777,7 @@ perleval({expr})					*perleval()*
 <		{only available when compiled with the |+perl| feature}


-popup_ functions are documented here: |popup-functions|.
+popup_ functions are documented here: |popup-functions|


 pow({x}, {y})						*pow()*
@@ -7802,6 +8005,17 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		arguments an error is given.  Up to 18 arguments can be used.


+prompt_getprompt({buf})					*prompt_getprompt()*
+		Returns the effective prompt text for buffer {buf}.  {buf} can
+		be a buffer name or number.  See |prompt-buffer|.
+
+		If the buffer doesn't exist or isn't a prompt buffer, an empty
+		string is returned.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBuffer()->prompt_getprompt()
+
+
 prompt_setcallback({buf}, {expr})			*prompt_setcallback()*
 		Set prompt callback for buffer {buf} to {expr}.  When {expr}
 		is an empty string the callback is removed.  This has only
@@ -7857,7 +8071,7 @@ prompt_setprompt({buf}, {text})				*prompt_setprompt()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBuffer()->prompt_setprompt('command: ')

-prop_ functions are documented here: |text-prop-functions|.
+prop_ functions are documented here: |text-prop-functions|

 pum_getpos()						*pum_getpos()*
 		If the popup menu (see |ins-completion-menu|) is not visible,
@@ -8139,15 +8353,18 @@ reg_recording()						*reg_recording()*
 		Returns an empty string when not recording.  See |q|.

 reltime([{start} [, {end}]])				*reltime()*
-		Return an item that represents a time value.  The format of
-		the item depends on the system.  It can be passed to
-		|reltimestr()| to convert it to a string  or |reltimefloat()|
-		to convert to a Float.
-		Without an argument it returns the current time.
+		Return an item that represents a time value.  The item is a
+		list with items that depend on the system.  In Vim 9 script
+		list<any> can be used.
+		The item can be passed to |reltimestr()| to convert it to a
+		string or |reltimefloat()| to convert to a Float.
+
+		Without an argument reltime() returns the current time.
 		With one argument is returns the time passed since the time
 		specified in the argument.
 		With two arguments it returns the time passed between {start}
 		and {end}.
+
 		The {start} and {end} arguments must be values returned by
 		reltime().

@@ -8465,6 +8682,7 @@ screencol()							*screencol()*
 		the following mappings: >
 			nnoremap <expr> GG ":echom ".screencol()."\n"
 			nnoremap <silent> GG :echom screencol()<CR>
+			nnoremap GG <Cmd>echom screencol()<CR>
 <
 screenpos({winid}, {lnum}, {col})				*screenpos()*
 		The result is a Dict with the screen position of the text
@@ -8532,11 +8750,16 @@ search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout} [, {skip}]]]])

 		'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and 'magic' are used.

-		When the 'z' flag is not given, searching always starts in
-		column zero and then matches before the cursor are skipped.
-		When the 'c' flag is present in 'cpo' the next search starts
-		after the match.  Without the 'c' flag the next search starts
-		one column further.
+		When the 'z' flag is not given, forward searching always
+		starts in column zero and then matches before the cursor are
+		skipped.  When the 'c' flag is present in 'cpo' the next
+		search starts after the match.  Without the 'c' flag the next
+		search starts one column further.  This matters for
+		overlapping matches.
+		When searching backwards and the 'z' flag is given then the
+		search starts in column zero, thus no match in the current
+		line will be found (unless wrapping around the end of the
+		file).

 		When the {stopline} argument is given then the search stops
 		after searching this line.  This is useful to restrict the
@@ -8934,6 +9157,31 @@ setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val})			*setbufvar()*
 		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->setbufvar(buf, varname)

+
+setcellwidths({list})					*setcellwidths()*
+		Specify overrides for cell widths of character ranges.  This
+		tells Vim how wide characters are, counted in screen cells.
+		This overrides 'ambiwidth'.  Example: >
+		   setcellwidths([[0xad, 0xad, 1],
+		   		\ [0x2194, 0x2199, 2]])
+
+<					*E1109* *E1110* *E1111* *E1112* *E1113*
+		The {list} argument is a list of lists with each three
+		numbers. These three numbers are [low, high, width].  "low"
+		and "high" can be the same, in which case this refers to one
+		character. Otherwise it is the range of characters from "low"
+		to "high" (inclusive).  "width" is either 1 or 2, indicating
+		the character width in screen cells.
+		An error is given if the argument is invalid, also when a
+		range overlaps with another.
+		Only characters with value 0x100 and higher can be used.
+
+		To clear the overrides pass an empty list: >
+		   setcellwidths([]);
+<		You can use the script $VIMRUNTIME/tools/emoji_list.vim to see
+		the effect for known emoji characters.
+
+
 setcharsearch({dict})					*setcharsearch()*
 		Set the current character search information to {dict},
 		which contains one or more of the following entries:
@@ -9495,8 +9743,25 @@ sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
 		When {func} is given and it is '1' or 'i' then case is
 		ignored.

+		When {func} is given and it is 'l' then the current collation
+		locale is used for ordering. Implementation details: strcoll()
+		is used to compare strings. See |:language| check or set the
+		collation locale. |v:collate| can also be used to check the
+		current locale. Sorting using the locale typically ignores
+		case. Example: >
+			" ö is sorted similarly to o with English locale.
+			:language collate en_US.UTF8
+			:echo sort(['n', 'o', 'O', 'ö', 'p', 'z'], 'l')
+<			['n', 'o', 'O', 'ö', 'p', 'z'] ~
+>
+			" ö is sorted after z with Swedish locale.
+			:language collate sv_SE.UTF8
+			:echo sort(['n', 'o', 'O', 'ö', 'p', 'z'], 'l')
+<			['n', 'o', 'O', 'p', 'z', 'ö'] ~
+		This does not work properly on Mac.
+
 		When {func} is given and it is 'n' then all items will be
-		sorted numerical (Implementation detail: This uses the
+		sorted numerical (Implementation detail: this uses the
 		strtod() function to parse numbers, Strings, Lists, Dicts and
 		Funcrefs will be considered as being 0).

@@ -9948,17 +10213,22 @@ strlen({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
 		{expr} in bytes.
 		If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
 		For other types an error is given.
-		If you want to count the number of multi-byte characters use
+		If you want to count the number of multibyte characters use
 		|strchars()|.
 		Also see |len()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strwidth()|.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetString()->strlen()

-strpart({src}, {start} [, {len}])			*strpart()*
+strpart({src}, {start} [, {len} [, {chars}]])			*strpart()*
 		The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
 		byte {start}, with the byte length {len}.
-		To count characters instead of bytes use |strcharpart()|.
+		When {chars} is present and TRUE then {len} is the number of
+		characters positions (composing characters are not counted
+		separately, thus "1" means one base character and any
+		following composing characters).
+		To count {start} as characters instead of bytes use
+		|strcharpart()|.

 		When bytes are selected which do not exist, this doesn't
 		result in an error, the bytes are simply omitted.
@@ -9970,8 +10240,8 @@ strpart({src}, {start} [, {len}])			*strpart()*
 			strpart("abcdefg", 3)	    == "defg"

 <		Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0.  For
-		example, to get three bytes under and after the cursor: >
-			strpart(getline("."), col(".") - 1, 3)
+		example, to get the character under the cursor: >
+			strpart(getline("."), col(".") - 1, 1, v:true)
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->strpart(5)
@@ -10193,7 +10463,9 @@ synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}])			*synIDattr()*
 		"bg"		background color (as with "fg")
 		"font"		font name (only available in the GUI)
 				|highlight-font|
-		"sp"		special color (as with "fg") |highlight-guisp|
+		"sp"		special color for the GUI (as with "fg")
+				|highlight-guisp|
+		"ul"		underline color for cterm: number as a string
 		"fg#"		like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
 				running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
 		"bg#"		like "fg#" for "bg"
@@ -10401,7 +10673,7 @@ tagfiles()	Returns a |List| with the file names used to search for tags


 taglist({expr} [, {filename}])				*taglist()*
-		Returns a list of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.
+		Returns a |List| of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.

 		If {filename} is passed it is used to prioritize the results
 		in the same way that |:tselect| does. See |tag-priority|.
@@ -10493,12 +10765,12 @@ term_ functions are documented here: |terminal-function-details|


 terminalprops()						*terminalprops()*
-		Returns a dictionary with properties of the terminal that Vim
+		Returns a |Dictionary| with properties of the terminal that Vim
 		detected from the response to |t_RV| request.  See
 		|v:termresponse| for the response itself.  If |v:termresponse|
 		is empty most values here will be 'u' for unknown.
-		   cursor_style		wether sending |t_RS| works  **
-		   cursor_blink_mode	wether sending |t_RC| works  **
+		   cursor_style		whether sending |t_RS| works  **
+		   cursor_blink_mode	whether sending |t_RC| works  **
 		   underline_rgb	whether |t_8u| works **
 		   mouse		mouse type supported

@@ -10900,7 +11172,7 @@ win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])		*win_execute()*
 			GetCommand()->win_execute(winid)

 win_findbuf({bufnr})					*win_findbuf()*
-		Returns a list with |window-ID|s for windows that contain
+		Returns a |List| with |window-ID|s for windows that contain
 		buffer {bufnr}.  When there is none the list is empty.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -10965,7 +11237,8 @@ win_screenpos({nr})					*win_screenpos()*
 		Return the screen position of window {nr} as a list with two
 		numbers: [row, col].  The first window always has position
 		[1, 1], unless there is a tabline, then it is [2, 1].
-		{nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+		{nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.  Use zero
+		for the current window.
 		Return [0, 0] if the window cannot be found in the current
 		tabpage.

@@ -11153,7 +11426,8 @@ winsaveview()	Returns a |Dictionary| that contains information to restore
 			curswant	column for vertical movement
 			topline		first line in the window
 			topfill		filler lines, only in diff mode
-			leftcol		first column displayed
+			leftcol		first column displayed; only used when
+					'wrap' is off
 			skipcol		columns skipped
 		Note that no option values are saved.

@@ -11374,7 +11648,7 @@ menu			Compiled with support for |:menu|.
 mksession		Compiled with support for |:mksession|.
 modify_fname		Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers|
 			(always true)
-mouse			Compiled with support mouse.
+mouse			Compiled with support for mouse.
 mouse_dec		Compiled with support for Dec terminal mouse.
 mouse_gpm		Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
 mouse_gpm_enabled	GPM mouse is working
@@ -11386,7 +11660,7 @@ mouse_urxvt		Compiled with support for urxvt mouse.
 mouse_xterm		Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
 mouseshape		Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
 multi_byte		Compiled with support for 'encoding' (always true)
-multi_byte_encoding	'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding.
+multi_byte_encoding	'encoding' is set to a multibyte encoding.
 multi_byte_ime		Compiled with support for IME input method.
 multi_lang		Compiled with support for multiple languages.
 mzscheme		Compiled with MzScheme interface |mzscheme|.
@@ -11932,8 +12206,9 @@ be used to pass settings to the autoload script before it's loaded: >

 Note that when you make a mistake and call a function that is supposed to be
 defined in an autoload script, but the script doesn't actually define the
-function, the script will be sourced every time you try to call the function.
-And you will get an error message every time.
+function, you will get an error message for the missing function.  If you fix
+the autoload script it won't be automatically loaded again.  Either restart
+Vim or manually source the script.

 Also note that if you have two script files, and one calls a function in the
 other and vice versa, before the used function is defined, it won't work.
@@ -12267,10 +12542,20 @@ text...
 				:const x = 1
 <			is equivalent to: >
 				:let x = 1
-				:lockvar 1 x
-<			This is useful if you want to make sure the variable
-			is not modified.
-							*E995*
+				:lockvar! x
+<			NOTE: in Vim9 script `:const` works differently, see
+			|vim9-const|
+			This is useful if you want to make sure the variable
+			is not modified.  If the value is a List or Dictionary
+			literal then the items also cannot be changed: >
+				const ll = [1, 2, 3]
+				let ll[1] = 5  " Error!
+< 			Nested references are not locked: >
+				let lvar = ['a']
+				const lconst = [0, lvar]
+				let lconst[0] = 2  " Error!
+				let lconst[1][0] = 'b'  " OK
+<							*E995*
 			|:const| does not allow to for changing a variable: >
 				:let x = 1
 				:const x = 2  " Error!
@@ -12300,6 +12585,8 @@ text...

 			[depth] is relevant when locking a |List| or
 			|Dictionary|.  It specifies how deep the locking goes:
+				0	Lock the variable {name} but not its
+					value.
 				1	Lock the |List| or |Dictionary| itself,
 					cannot add or remove items, but can
 					still change their values.
@@ -12313,7 +12600,14 @@ text...
 					|Dictionary|, one level deeper.
 			The default [depth] is 2, thus when {name} is a |List|
 			or |Dictionary| the values cannot be changed.
-								*E743*
+
+			Example with [depth] 0: >
+				let mylist = [1, 2, 3]
+				lockvar 0 mylist
+				let mylist[0] = 77   	" OK
+				call add(mylist, 4]  	" OK
+				let mylist = [7, 8, 9]  " Error!
+<								*E743*
 			For unlimited depth use [!] and omit [depth].
 			However, there is a maximum depth of 100 to catch
 			loops.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 16
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 28


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ file.  It will be overwritten when installing a new version of Vim.

 A. If you want to overrule all default file type checks.
   This works by writing one file for each filetype.  The disadvantage is that
-   means there can be many files.  The advantage is that you can simply drop
-   this file in the right directory to make it work.
+   there can be many files.  The advantage is that you can simply drop this
+   file in the right directory to make it work.
 							*ftdetect*
   1. Create your user runtime directory.  You would normally use the first
      item of the 'runtimepath' option.  Then create the directory "ftdetect"
@@ -397,6 +397,13 @@ ways to change this:
 3.  Docs for the default filetype plugins.		*ftplugin-docs*


+AWK							*ft-awk-plugin*
+
+Support for features specific to GNU Awk, like @include, can be enabled by
+setting: >
+	let g:awk_is_gawk = 1
+
+
 CHANGELOG						*ft-changelog-plugin*

 Allows for easy entrance of Changelog entries in Changelog files.  There are
@@ -556,16 +563,15 @@ Local mappings:

 MAN					*ft-man-plugin* *:Man* *man.vim*

-Displays a manual page in a nice way.  Also see the user manual
-|find-manpage|.
-
-To start using the ":Man" command before any manual page was loaded, source
-this script from your startup vimrc file: >
+This plugin displays a manual page in a nice way.  See |find-manpage| in the
+user manual for more information.

+To start using the |:Man| command before any manual page has been loaded,
+source this script from your startup |vimrc| file: >
 	runtime ftplugin/man.vim

 Options:
-'iskeyword'	the '.' character is added to be able to use CTRL-] on the
+'iskeyword'	The '.' character is added to support the use of CTRL-] on the
 		manual page name.

 Commands:
@@ -575,24 +581,25 @@ Man {number} {name}

 Global mapping:
 <Leader>K	Displays the manual page for the word under the cursor.
-<Plug>ManPreGetPage  idem, allows for using a mapping: >
-			nmap <F1> <Plug>ManPreGetPage<CR>
+<Plug>ManPreGetPage
+		idem, allows for using a mapping: >
+			nmap <F1> <Plug>ManPreGetPage

 Local mappings:
 CTRL-]		Jump to the manual page for the word under the cursor.
 CTRL-T		Jump back to the previous manual page.
-q		Same as ":quit"
+q		Same as the |:quit| command.

 To use a vertical split instead of horizontal: >
 	let g:ft_man_open_mode = 'vert'
 To use a new tab: >
 	let g:ft_man_open_mode = 'tab'

-To enable folding use this: >
-  	let g:ft_man_folding_enable = 1
-If you do not like the default folding, use an autocommand to add your desired
+To enable |folding|, use this: >
+	let g:ft_man_folding_enable = 1
+If you do not like the default folding, use an |autocommand| to add your desired
 folding style instead.  For example: >
-        autocmd FileType man setlocal foldmethod=indent foldenable
+	autocmd FileType man setlocal foldmethod=indent foldenable

 If you would like :Man {number} {name} to behave like man {number} {name} by
 not running man {name} if no page is found, then use this: >
@@ -605,7 +612,7 @@ page in a Vim window: >

 MANPAGER				      *manpager.vim*

-The :Man command allows you to turn Vim into a manpager (that syntax highlights
+The |:Man| command allows you to turn Vim into a manpager (that syntax highlights
 manpages and follows linked manpages on hitting CTRL-]).

 For bash,zsh,ksh or dash, add to the config file (.bashrc,.zshrc, ...)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 16
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 28


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Vim's Graphical User Interface				*gui* *GUI*
 8. Shell Commands		|gui-shell|

 Other GUI documentation:
+|gui_mac.txt|	For specific items of the MacVim GUI.
 |gui_x11.txt|	For specific items of the X11 GUI.
 |gui_w32.txt|	For specific items of the Win32 GUI.

@@ -547,15 +548,6 @@ floating menus that do not appear on the main menu bar.
 5.2 Creating New Menus					*creating-menus*

 				*:me*  *:menu*   *:noreme*  *:noremenu*
-				*:am*  *:amenu*  *:an*      *:anoremenu*
-				*:nme* *:nmenu*  *:nnoreme* *:nnoremenu*
-				*:ome* *:omenu*  *:onoreme* *:onoremenu*
-				*:vme* *:vmenu*  *:vnoreme* *:vnoremenu*
-				*:xme* *:xmenu*  *:xnoreme* *:xnoremenu*
-				*:sme* *:smenu*  *:snoreme* *:snoremenu*
-				*:ime* *:imenu*  *:inoreme* *:inoremenu*
-				*:cme* *:cmenu*  *:cnoreme* *:cnoremenu*
-				*:tlm* *:tlmenu* *:tln*     *:tlnoremenu*
 				*E330* *E327* *E331* *E336* *E333*
 				*E328* *E329* *E337* *E792*
 To create a new menu item, use the ":menu" commands.  They are mostly like
@@ -596,6 +588,7 @@ With the shortcut "F" (while keeping the <Alt> key pressed), and then "O",
 this menu can be used.  The second part is shown as "Open     :e".  The ":e"
 is right aligned, and the "O" is underlined, to indicate it is the shortcut.

+					*:am*  *:amenu*  *:an*      *:anoremenu*
 The ":amenu" command can be used to define menu entries for all modes at once,
 except for Terminal mode.  To make the command work correctly, a character is
 automatically inserted for some modes:
@@ -634,6 +627,30 @@ included they make the <> form and raw key codes not being recognized).
 Note that <Esc> in Cmdline mode executes the command, like in a mapping.  This
 is Vi compatible.  Use CTRL-C to quit Cmdline mode.

+		*:nme* *:nmenu*  *:nnoreme* *:nnoremenu* *:nunme* *:nunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "n" work in Normal mode. |mapmode-n|
+
+		*:ome* *:omenu*  *:onoreme* *:onoremenu* *:ounme* *:ounmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "o" work in Operator-pending mode. |mapmode-o|
+
+		*:vme* *:vmenu*  *:vnoreme* *:vnoremenu* *:vunme* *:vunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "v" work in Visual mode. |mapmode-v|
+
+		*:xme* *:xmenu*  *:xnoreme* *:xnoremenu* *:xunme* *:xunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "x" work in Visual and Select mode. |mapmode-x|
+
+		*:sme* *:smenu*  *:snoreme* *:snoremenu* *:sunme* *:sunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "s" work in Select mode. |mapmode-s|
+
+		*:ime* *:imenu*  *:inoreme* *:inoremenu* *:iunme* *:iunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "i" work in Insert mode. |mapmode-i|
+
+		*:cme* *:cmenu*  *:cnoreme* *:cnoremenu* *:cunme* *:cunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "c" work in Cmdline mode. |mapmode-c|
+
+		*:tlm* *:tlmenu* *:tln*     *:tlnoremenu* *:tlu*   *:tlunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "tl" work in Terminal mode. |mapmode-t|
+
 						*:menu-<silent>* *:menu-silent*
 To define a menu which will not be echoed on the command line, add
 "<silent>" as the first argument.  Example: >
@@ -836,7 +853,7 @@ The window toolbar uses the ToolbarLine and ToolbarButton highlight groups.
 When splitting the window the window toolbar is not copied to the new window.

 							*popup-menu*
-In the Win32, GTK+, Motif, Athena and Photon GUI, you can define the
+In the Win32, MacVim, GTK+, Motif, Athena and Photon GUI, you can define the
 special menu "PopUp".  This is the menu that is displayed when the right mouse
 button is pressed, if 'mousemodel' is set to popup or popup_setpos.
 Example: >
@@ -898,14 +915,6 @@ using the last visual selection.

 						*:unme*  *:unmenu*
 						*:aun*   *:aunmenu*
-						*:nunme* *:nunmenu*
-						*:ounme* *:ounmenu*
-						*:vunme* *:vunmenu*
-						*:xunme* *:xunmenu*
-						*:sunme* *:sunmenu*
-						*:iunme* *:iunmenu*
-						*:cunme* *:cunmenu*
-						*:tlu*   *:tlunmenu*
 To delete a menu item or a whole submenu, use the unmenu commands, which are
 analogous to the unmap commands.  Eg: >
    :unmenu! Edit.Paste
@@ -966,13 +975,14 @@ See section |42.4| in the user manual.

 							*:tmenu* *:tm*
 :tm[enu] {menupath} {rhs}	Define a tip for a menu or tool.  {only in
-				X11 and Win32 GUI}
+				X11, MacVim, and Win32 GUI}

-:tm[enu] [menupath]		List menu tips. {only in X11 and Win32 GUI}
+:tm[enu] [menupath]		List menu tips. {only in X11, MacVim, and
+				Win32 GUI}

 							*:tunmenu* *:tu*
 :tu[nmenu] {menupath}		Remove a tip for a menu or tool.
-				{only in X11 and Win32 GUI}
+				{only in X11, MacVim, and Win32 GUI}

 Note: To create menus for terminal mode, use |:tlmenu| instead.

@@ -992,8 +1002,9 @@ The tip is defined like this: >
 And delete it with: >
 	:tunmenu MyMenu.Hello

-Tooltips are currently only supported for the X11 and Win32 GUI.  However, they
-should appear for the other gui platforms in the not too distant future.
+Tooltips are currently only supported for the X11, MacVim, and Win32 GUI.
+However, they should appear for the other gui platforms in the not too distant
+future.

 The ":tmenu" command works just like other menu commands, it uses the same
 arguments.  ":tunmenu" deletes an existing menu tip, in the same way as the
@@ -1105,7 +1116,8 @@ Also see 'macatsui', it can help fix display problems {not in MacVim}.
 In MacVim, fonts with spaces are set like this: >
    :set guifont=DejaVu\ Sans\ Mono:h13
 <
-							*E236*
+Mono-spaced fonts					*E236*
+
 Note that the fonts must be mono-spaced (all characters have the same width).
 An exception is MacVim and GTK: all fonts are accepted, but mono-spaced fonts
 look best.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_mac.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 17
+*gui_mac.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 13


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bjorn Winckler
@@ -52,18 +52,14 @@ It is not possible to modify 'termencoding' in MacVim; this option is forcibly
 set to "utf-8".  The option 'encoding' also defaults to "utf-8" (as opposed to
 "latin1" in the other GUI ports).

-Note: UTF-8 can represent all characters defined in Unicode, which includes
-all characters in all other standard encodings, so it should be perfectly safe
-to edit files in any encoding while 'encoding' is set to "utf-8".  Of course,
-you may need to set 'fileencodings' to auto-detect the encoding of the files
-you edit, or force the detection with |++enc| on the command line.
+In generally you should keep 'encoding' set to the default ("utf-8") as that's
+what macOS uses.  It also works on any character.  Sometimes you may need to
+set 'fileencodings' to auto-detect encoding of files you edit, or force the
+detection with |++enc| on the command line.

 However, if you are editing files that use multiple encodings (container
-formats like MIME or Unix mbox files) or no standard encoding (binary data,
-see also |edit-binary|), you may want to prevent MacVim from re-encoding the
-file at all. In this situation, you will need to set both 'encoding' and
-'fileencodings' to a simple single-byte encoding such as Latin1 so that when
-the file is read into memory, the original bytes are left untouched.
+formats like MIME or Unix mbox files) or a binary file, you want to make sure
+'binary' is set (see |edit-binary|).

 							*macvim-shift-movement*
 Text editors on macOS lets the user hold down shift+movement key to extend the
@@ -91,13 +87,12 @@ The "Open files from applications" preference in the General preference pane
 gives more options on how dropped files should open, in case tabs are not
 desired.

-							*macvim-default-menu*
-The default menu in MacVim has been changed to conform better with the Apple
-Human Interface Guidelines (HIG).  At the moment this breaks the localized
-menus, so only English menus are supported.
+				    *macvim-default-menus* *macvim-help-menu*
+The default menus (|menu.vim|) in MacVim have been changed to conform better
+with the Apple Human Interface Guidelines (HIG).

-Note: The menus are a work in progress.  If you know something about the HIG
-and want to contribute to MacVim you could do so by making the menus better.
+The Help menu's search can be used to search Vim's documentation.  You can use
+it to quickly find the documentation you want in addition to using |:help|.

 							*macvim-window-title*
 The default window title does not include the argument list because it looks
@@ -124,7 +119,7 @@ These are the non-standard commands that MacVim supports:

                                                       *macvim-autocommands*
 These are the non-standard events that MacVim supports:
-       |OSAppearanceChanged|
+	|OSAppearanceChanged|

 							*macvim-find*
 Whenever you search for something in Vim (e.g. using "/"), or hit <D-e> when
@@ -157,11 +152,11 @@ behaviour, then add the line "set backspace&" to your "~/.vimrc" file.
 ==============================================================================
 2. Starting MacVim					*macvim-start*

-The easiest way to start MacVim is by double-clicking its icon in the Finder,
-but most users will probably prefer to use the Terminal.  First some Finder
-related ways of starting MacVim are described, then Terminal is discussed.
-Note that you can put MacVim anywhere on your hard drive, but in this help
-file it is assumed that you have put it inside your /Applications folder.
+Starting MacVim from the UI ~
+
+To start MacVim in macOS, simply double-click its icon in the Finder or click
+on the Dock icon. Usually it should be installed as
+`/Applications/MacVim.app`.

 MacVim automatically registers itself as an editor of several standard file
 formats.  This enables you to double-click a file to open it with MacVim (if
@@ -173,27 +168,26 @@ have files open in e.g. splits by changing the "Open files from applications"
 option in the General preference pane).  Finally, you can use macOS System
 Services to open files in MacVim, see |macvim-services|.

-Use |mvim| script to start MacVim from Terminal.
-
-Or use the "open" command (this method can not be used to pass parameters to
-Vim) >
+Alternatively, use the "open" command (this method can not be used to pass
+parameters to Vim) >
 	open -a MacVim file ...
 The advantage of using the latter method is that the settings relating to file
 opening in the preferences panel are respected, and files open instantly if
 |Quickstart| is enabled.

-Once in terminal Vim it is possible to start MacVim by using the following
-command:
-	:gui [++opt] [+cmd] [-f|-b] [files...]
-Note: Forking ("-b") currently does not work.
+Starting MacVim from a terminal~

-							*mvim*
-The "mvim" shell script bundled with MacVim. >
+					    *mvim* *macvim-PATH* *macvim-cmdline*
+MacVim comes bundled with a shell script called "mvim" that can be used to
+launch MacVim from the terminal. It's located at: >
 	/Applications/MacVim.app/Contents/bin/mvim
-This is a wrapper script to launch Vim executable in the bundle.  Put this
-folder >
+
+To be able to easily use it, put this folder in your path: >
 	/Applications/MacVim.app/Contents/bin
-in your path and then simply type "mvim" to start MacVim from Terminal. >
+For example, if you use zsh, you can put the following in `~/.zprofile`: >
+	export PATH="/Applications/MacVim.app/Contents/bin:$PATH"
+
+After that, type "mvim" to start MacVim from Terminal. >
 	$ mvim
 You can also specify files to open with. >
 	$ mvim file ...
@@ -201,13 +195,24 @@ Also the bin folder has convenient scripts for diffing and opening file as the f
 	* Diff:		mvimdiff
 	* Read-only:	mview

-You can use "vim", "vimdiff", and "view" if you want to use non-GUI Vim.
+You can still use the normal "vim", "vimdiff", and "view" commands if you want
+to use non-GUI Vim, and "gvim" to launch MacVim ("gvim" works the same way as
+"mvim").
+
+Going from terminal to GUI mode~
+
+Once in terminal Vim it is possible to start the MacVim GUI by using the
+following command (see |:gui|):
+	:gui [++opt] [+cmd] [-f|-b] [files...]
+Note: Forking ("-b") currently does not work.

 							*Quickstart*
-Quickstart ensures that new windows open instantaneously e.g. when <D-n> is
-pressed.  This feature can be enabled from the Advanced preferences pane (it
-is disabled by default).  Note that this setting does not affect the speed
-with which windows open when using the |mvim| command.
+Quickstart ensures that new windows open quickly e.g. when <D-n> is
+pressed.  It works by keeping a Vim process in the background that will
+immediately become active when you open a window.  This feature can be enabled
+from the Advanced preferences pane (it is disabled by default).  Note that
+this setting does not affect the speed with which windows open when using the
+|mvim| command.

 Note that any changes to runtime files that are kept in a non-standard
 location (i.e. not in ~/.vim) will not be picked up for the first window that
@@ -257,7 +262,9 @@ KEY				VALUE ~
 *MMFullScreenFadeTime*		fade delay for non-native fullscreen [float]
 *MMLoginShellArgument*		login shell parameter [string]
 *MMLoginShellCommand*		which shell to use to launch Vim [string]
+*MMNativeFullScreen*		use native full screen mode [bool]
 *MMNoFontSubstitution*		disable automatic font substitution [bool]
+				(Deprecated: Non-CoreText renderer only)
 *MMNoTitleBarWindow*		hide title bar [bool]
 *MMTitlebarAppearsTransparent*	enable a transparent titlebar [bool]
 *MMAppearanceModeSelection*	dark mode selection (|macvim-dark-mode|)[bool]
@@ -314,6 +321,13 @@ color scheme while system preferences are configured to use light mode. It's
 also the recommended setting when title bar is configured to be "Transparent"
 (see |MMTitlebarAppearsTransparent|).

+							*macvim-full-screen*
+There are two types of full screen modes.  By default, MacVim uses macOS'
+native full screen functionality, which creates a separate space in Mission
+Control.  MacVim also provides a non-native full screen mode, which can be set
+by disabling native full screen in the preference panel, or by setting
+|MMNativeFullScreen| to `NO` manually.
+
 ==============================================================================
 5. Special colors					*macvim-colors*

@@ -367,6 +381,12 @@ highlight color when a window becomes inactive.
 ==============================================================================
 6. Menus						*macvim-menus*

+Default Menus~
+
+See |macvim-default-menus|.
+
+Customization~
+
 Menus in macOS behave slightly different from other platforms.  For that
 reason two new commands have been added to Vim.  To understand what these
 commands do you must first understand how menus work on macOS.
@@ -463,8 +483,7 @@ is not used.
 Hint: The |:macaction| command supports command-line completion so you can
 enter ":maca<Space><C-d>" to see a list of all available actions.

-Here is a random assortment of actions from Actions.plist which might be
-useful.  
+Here are some of the actions from Actions.plist which might be useful.  

 Action				Description ~
 fileOpen:			Show "File Open" dialog
@@ -514,10 +533,17 @@ icon can be found a warning triangle is displayed instead.
 ==============================================================================
 8. Touch Bar						*macvim-touchbar*

-Touch Bar in MacVim works similar to the toolbar (see |macvim-toolbar|).  The
-difference is that you use the special menu "TouchBar" instead of "ToolBar": >
+Touch Bar in MacVim is configurable, and works similar to the toolbar (see
+|macvim-toolbar|).  The difference is that you use the special menu "TouchBar"
+instead of "ToolBar": >
 	:an TouchBar.Hello          :echo "Hello"<CR>
-
+<
+You can also create submenus. Due to macOS restrictions, submenus can only be
+one level deep: >
+	:an TouchBar.Navigate.Next  :next<CR>
+	:an TouchBar.Navigate.Prev  :prev<CR>
+<
+						*macvim-touchbar-separator*
 The separators work similar to how toolbars work: >
 	:an TouchBar.-Sep-          <Nop>
 	:an TouchBar.-space1-       <Nop>
@@ -530,24 +556,48 @@ separator and are specified by names that begin with "-space" and ends with
 that items after it will be right-aligned, and is specified by names that
 begin with "-flexspace" and ends with "-".

-You can specify icons for Touch Bar buttons the same way for toolbar icons.
-Touch Bar icons should ideally be 36x36 pixels, and no larger than 44x44
-pixels. You can also use default template icons provided by Apple by using
-their template names. An example: >
-	:an icon=NSTouchBarListViewTemplate TouchBar.ShowList <Nop>
+						*macvim-touchbar-icon*
+You can specify icons for Touch Bar buttons the same way for toolbar icons
+(see |macvim-toolbar|).  When a button has an icon, it won't show the menu
+name.  Touch Bar icons should ideally be 36x36 pixels, and no larger than
+44x44 pixels. >
+	:an icon=/home/foo/bar.png TouchBar.DoSomething :echo 'Do'<CR>
+You can also use default template icons provided by Apple by using their
+template names. An example: >
+	:an icon=NSTouchBarListViewTemplate TouchBar.ShowList :ls<CR>
+<
+						*macvim-touchbar-title*
+By default, the Touch Bar buttons will use the menu names as the title. If an
+icon is specified, the title will not be shown. You can override this by using
+|tmenu| to set a tooltip. The tooltip will be displayed as the title of the
+button. If an icon is specified, the tooltip override will be shown alongside
+the icon. Example: >
+	:an icon=NSTouchBarAddTemplate TouchBar.AddItem <Nop>
+	:tmenu TouchBar.AddItem Add an Item
+<
+			*macvim-touchbar-characterpicker* *macvim-touchbar-emoji*
+You can also insert emojis by adding a character picker button (specified by
+using a name that begin wtih "-characterpicker" and ends with "-"): >
+	:inoremenu TouchBar.-characterpicker-	<Nop>

 This feature only works on Mac devices that come with Touch Bars. On the ones
 that don't, nothing will show up.

-						    *macvim-touchbar-defaults*
+						*macvim-touchbar-defaults*
 Here is a list of default Touch Bar buttons that MacVim sets up:

-					*macvim-touchbar-fullscreen*
+						*macvim-touchbar-fullscreen*
 					*g:macvim_default_touchbar_fullscreen*
 EnterFullScreen		Touch Bar buttons that allow you to toggle
-ExitFullScreen		|'fullscreen'| mode. To disable the button, add the
-			following to your vimrc file: >
+ExitFullScreen		|'fullscreen'| mode. To disable, add the following to
+			your vimrc file: >
 			  let g:macvim_default_touchbar_fullscreen=0
+<
+				*g:macvim_default_touchbar_characterpicker*
+-characterpicker-	Character picker that lets you add special characters
+			and emojis in insert and terminal modes. To disable,
+			add the following to your vimrc file: >
+			  let g:macvim_default_touchbar_characterpicker=0

 ==============================================================================
 9. Dialogs						*macvim-dialogs*
@@ -731,7 +781,9 @@ As another example, here is how to switch buffers by swiping left/right: >
 See the section on |key-mapping| for more help on how to map keys.

 ==============================================================================
-14. International					*macvim-international*
+14. International			*macvim-international* *macvim-multilang*
+
+Typing text ~

 When editing non-English text it may be convenient to keep separate keyboard
 layouts for normal and insert mode.  This is supported via the 'imd' option on
@@ -751,43 +803,56 @@ set (i.e when IM is enabled).  If you find that MacVim switches to the
 wrong layout when going back to normal mode, then select the layout you want
 to use in normal mode and type ":set imd" followed by ":set noimd".

+Translations ~
+
+MacVim uses localized Vim messages (see |multilang-messages|) and menus (see
+|multilang-menus|).  However, some of the user interface in MacVim (e.g.
+Preference pane) are not yet localized.  There are also some MacVim-specific
+messages/menus in Vim that are not currently localized.  Please file an issue
+if you would like to see certain messages localized.
+
 ==============================================================================
 15. Known bugs/missing features				*macvim-todo*

 This list is by no means exhaustive, it only enumerates some of the more
 prominent bugs/missing features.

- Under macOS Mojave (10.14), the default renderer (Core Text renderer) has
-  some performance issues and scrolling is not as smooth as previous macOS
-  versions (10.13 or below).
- Localized menus are not supported.  Choosing anything but "English" in the
-  "International" pane of "System Prefences" may break the menus (and
-  toolbar).
- Some Unicode characters are not handled well (e.g. nonspacing marks)
+- Sound.  MacVim does not currently support |+sound| yet.
+- |modifyOtherKeys| support.  This feature allows for more granular key
+  mapping (e.g. differentiating <C-I> and <Tab>) and isn't supported by the
+  MacVim GUI yet.
+- Some parts of MacVim GUI and MacVim-specific messages in Vim are not
+  localized yet.
 - Sometimes multibyte characters look "too wide", i.e. they overlap the
  following character.  It might help to change 'ambiwidth', or override the
  automatic font substitution by setting 'guifontwide' manually.
 - Printing.  As a temporary solution <D-p> creates a PostScript file which is
-  then opened in Preview where it may be printed.
- The toolbar looks ugly and is not very useful.
+  then opened in Preview where it may be printed. See |hardcopy|.

-Other bugs and issues are tracked on Github. If you find new bugs then please
-file an issue there: >
+General bugs and issues are tracked on Github.  If you find new bugs or have
+feature requests then please file an issue there: >
 	https://github.com/macvim-dev/macvim/issues

-There is also a vim_mac mailing list. You can also post your findings of bugs
+For general discussions, asking questions, you could use the Github
+discussions page: >
+	https://github.com/macvim-dev/macvim/discussions
+
+There is also a vim_mac mailing list.  You can also post your findings of bugs
 and issues there as well:				*vim_mac_group*   >
 	http://groups.google.com/group/vim_mac

-This is also the best place for making feature requests as well as for asking
-general questions about MacVim.
-
 ==============================================================================
 16. Hints						*macvim-hints*

 In this section some general (not necessarily MacVim specific) hints are
 given.

+Scenario: ~
+You would like to remap Caps Lock to Esc.
+Solution: ~
+Go to System Preferences → Keyboard → Modifier Keys…, and map Caps Lock Key to
+Escape.
+
 Scenario: ~
 You try opening a bunch of files in tabs but not all files get opened in their
 own tab.
@@ -820,16 +885,15 @@ Solution: ~
 See |cmd-movement|.

 Scenario: ~
-Enabling localized menus breaks the toolbar and the menus as well.
+When you click the (green) full screen button you want the window to maximize
+instead of going full screen. You would also like it to maximize both
+horizontally and vertically.
 Solution: ~
-This is a known problem, see |macvim-todo|.
-
-Scenario: ~
-When you click the (green) zoom button you want the window to maximize
-horizontally as well as vertically.
-Solution: ~
-Hold down Cmd and click the zoom button.  If you prefer this to be the default
-action, then set the user default MMZoomBoth (see |macvim-prefs|).
+Hole down Option, and the full screen button will become the zoom button,
+which will by default only maximize vertically.
+To maximize in both directions, hold down Cmd and click the zoom button.  If
+you prefer this to be the default action, then set the user default MMZoomBoth
+(see |macvim-prefs|).

 Scenario: ~
 Typing feels sluggish when the cursor is just before a right bracket (i.e.
@@ -867,18 +931,6 @@ bring up an editor, you would set that option to something like: >
 	mvim -f -c "au VimLeave * maca hide:"
 (See the above Scenario for an explanation of the "-f" switch.)

-Scenario: ~
-You would like to remap Caps Lock to Esc.
-Solution: ~
-The app "PCKeyboardHack" can be used to remap Caps Lock.  It is available as a
-free download from: >
-	http://pqrs.org/macosx/keyremap4macbook/extra.html
-On some Apple keyboards the Caps Lock key doesn't immediately register and
-this makes Caps Lock "drop" key presses.  To work around this problem go into
-the "Keyboard" System Preference and remap Caps Lock to Ctrl first (click the
-"Modifier Keys..." button).  This trick may also be necessary if the Caps Lock
-light turns on/off despite having remapped to Esc.
-
 Scenario: ~
 You have problems creating custom mappings involving the Cmd key.
 Solution: ~
@@ -893,6 +945,7 @@ Scenario: ~
 You can't find the information on MacVim you thought should be in this manual
 page.
 Solution: ~
-Post your question on the |vim_mac| mailing list and wait for an answer.
+Post your question on the |vim_mac| mailing list or file an issue at
+https://github.com/macvim-dev/macvim/issues.

 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 05
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15

 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Programming language support ~

 Language support ~
 |digraph.txt|	list of available digraphs
-|mbyte.txt|	multi-byte text support
+|mbyte.txt|	multibyte text support
 |mlang.txt|	non-English language support
 |rileft.txt|	right-to-left editing mode
 |arabic.txt|	Arabic language support and editing
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 27
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 05


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -161,6 +161,25 @@ files in the directories specified in the 'runtimepath' option.
 The initial height of the help window can be set with the 'helpheight' option
 (default 20).

+When the help buffer is created, several local options are set to make sure
+the help text is displayed as it was intended:
+    'iskeyword'		nearly all ASCII chars except ' ', '*', '"' and '|'
+    'foldmethod'	"manual"
+    'tabstop'		8
+    'arabic'		off
+    'binary'		off
+    'buflisted'		off
+    'cursorbind'	off
+    'diff'		off
+    'foldenable'	off
+    'list'		off
+    'modifiable'	off
+    'number'		off
+    'relativenumber'	off
+    'rightleft'		off
+    'scrollbind'	off
+    'spell'		off
+
 Jump to specific subjects by using tags.  This can be done in two ways:
 - Use the "CTRL-]" command while standing on the name of a command or option.
  This only works when the tag is a keyword.  "<C-Leftmouse>" and
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute inlined MzScheme script {script}.
-			Note: This command doesn't work if the MzScheme
+			Note: This command doesn't work when the MzScheme
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 31
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 05


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -784,10 +784,10 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   lines down
 |gk|		gk		1  like "k", but when 'wrap' on go N screen
 				   lines up
-|gn|		gn	      1,2  find the next match with the last used
-				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gm|		gm		1  go to character at middle of the screenline
 |gM|		gM		1  go to character at middle of the text line
+|gn|		gn	      1,2  find the next match with the last used
+				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |go|		go		1  cursor to byte N in the buffer
 |gp|		["x]gp		2  put the text [from register x] after the
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
@@ -1317,6 +1317,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:filetype|	:filet[ype]	switch file type detection on/off
 |:filter|	:filt[er]	filter output of following command
 |:find|		:fin[d]		find file in 'path' and edit it
+|:final|	:final		declare an immutable variable in Vim9
 |:finally|	:fina[lly]	part of a :try command
 |:finish|	:fini[sh]	quit sourcing a Vim script
 |:first|	:fir[st]	go to the first file in the argument list
@@ -1693,6 +1694,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:unsilent|	:uns[ilent]	run a command not silently
 |:update|	:up[date]	write buffer if modified
 |:vglobal|	:v[global]	execute commands for not matching lines
+|:var|		:var		variable declaration in Vim9
 |:version|	:ve[rsion]	print version number and other info
 |:verbose|	:verb[ose]	execute command with 'verbose' set
 |:vertical|	:vert[ical]	make following command split vertically
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 30
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 16


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -312,6 +312,7 @@ If you enter a value of 10, it will end up in the file as a 0.  The 10 is a
 the buffer to a file, the <NL> character is translated into <Nul>.  The <NL>
 character is written at the end of each line.  Thus if you want to insert a
 <NL> character in a file you will have to make a line break.
+Also see 'fileformat'.

 						*i_CTRL-X* *insert_expand*
 CTRL-X enters a sub-mode where several commands can be used.  Most of these
@@ -1843,6 +1844,7 @@ a			Append text after the cursor [count] times.  If the

 							*A*
 A			Append text at the end of the line [count] times.
+			For using "A" in Visual block mode see |v_b_A|.

 <insert>	or				*i* *insert* *<Insert>*
 i			Insert text before the cursor [count] times.
@@ -1855,6 +1857,7 @@ I			Insert text before the first non-blank in the line
 			When the 'H' flag is present in 'cpoptions' and the
 			line only contains blanks, insert start just before
 			the last blank.
+			For using "I" in Visual block mode see |v_b_I|.

 							*gI*
 gI			Insert text in column 1 [count] times.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 30
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -232,8 +232,8 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Flemming Madsen		X11 client-server, various features and patches
 	Tony Mechelynck		answers many user questions
 	Paul Moore		Python interface extensions, many patches
-	Katsuhito Nagano	Work on multi-byte versions
-	Sung-Hyun Nam		Work on multi-byte versions
+	Katsuhito Nagano	Work on multibyte versions
+	Sung-Hyun Nam		Work on multibyte versions
 	Vince Negri		Win32 GUI and generic console enhancements
 	Steve Oualline		Author of the first Vim book |frombook|
 	Dominique Pelle		Valgrind reports and many fixes
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ the ":map" command.  The rules are:
 	   <M-a>		Meta- a  ('a' with bit 8 set)
 	   <M-A>		Meta- A  ('A' with bit 8 set)
 	   <t_kd>		"kd" termcap entry (cursor down key)
-    Although you can specify <M-{char}> with {char} being a multi-byte
+    Although you can specify <M-{char}> with {char} being a multibyte
    character, Vim may not be able to know what byte sequence that is and then
    it won't work.

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 01
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 10


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -191,6 +191,12 @@ whether to use the "," mapping or the longer one.  To avoid this add the
 <nowait> argument.  Then the mapping will be used when it matches, Vim does
 not wait for more characters to be typed.  However, if the characters were
 already typed they are used.
+Note that this works when the <nowait> mapping fully matches and is found
+before any partial matches.  This works when:
+- There is only one matching buffer-local mapping, since these are always
+  found before global mappings.
+- There is another buffer-local mapping that partly matches, but it is
+  defined earlier (last defined mapping is found first).

 						*:map-<silent>* *:map-silent*
 To define a mapping which will not be echoed on the command line, add
@@ -246,6 +252,17 @@ For abbreviations |v:char| is set to the character that was typed to trigger
 the abbreviation.  You can use this to decide how to expand the {lhs}.  You
 should not either insert or change the v:char.

+In case you want the mapping to not do anything, you can have the expression
+evaluate to an empty string.  If something changed that requires Vim to
+go through the main loop (e.g. to update the display), return "\<Ignore>".
+This is similar to "nothing" but makes Vim return from the loop that waits for
+input. Example: >
+	func s:OpenPopup()
+	  call popup_create(... arguments ...)
+	  return "\<Ignore>"
+	endfunc
+	nnoremap <expr> <F3> <Sid>OpenPopup()
+
 Be very careful about side effects!  The expression is evaluated while
 obtaining characters, you may very well make the command dysfunctional.
 For this reason the following is blocked:
@@ -254,7 +271,7 @@ For this reason the following is blocked:
 - The |:normal| command.
 - Moving the cursor is allowed, but it is restored afterwards.
 If you want the mapping to do any of these let the returned characters do
-that.
+that, or use a |<Cmd>| mapping instead.

 You can use getchar(), it consumes typeahead if there is any. E.g., if you
 have these mappings: >
@@ -283,15 +300,45 @@ Here is an example that inserts a list number that increases: >
 CTRL-L inserts the next number, CTRL-R resets the count.  CTRL-R returns an
 empty string, so that nothing is inserted.

-Note that there are some tricks to make special keys work and escape CSI bytes
-in the text.  The |:map| command also does this, thus you must avoid that it
-is done twice.  This does not work: >
-	:imap <expr> <F3> "<Char-0x611B>"
-Because the <Char- sequence is escaped for being a |:imap| argument and then
-again for using <expr>.  This does work: >
-	:imap <expr> <F3> "\u611B"
-Using 0x80 as a single byte before other text does not work, it will be seen
-as a special key.
+Note that using 0x80 as a single byte before other text does not work, it will
+be seen as a special key.
+
+						*<Cmd>* *:map-cmd*
+The special text <Cmd> begins a "command mapping", it executes the command
+directly without changing modes.  Where you might use ":...<CR>" in the
+{rhs} of a mapping, you can instead use "<Cmd>...<CR>".
+Example: >
+	noremap x <Cmd>echo mode(1)<CR>
+<
+This is more flexible than `:<C-U>` in Visual and Operator-pending mode, or
+`<C-O>:` in Insert mode, because the commands are executed directly in the
+current mode, instead of always going to Normal mode.  Visual mode is
+preserved, so tricks with |gv| are not needed.  Commands can be invoked
+directly in Command-line mode (which would otherwise require timer hacks).
+Example of using <Cmd> halfway Insert mode: >
+	nnoremap <F3> aText <Cmd>echo mode(1)<CR> Added<Esc>
+
+Unlike <expr> mappings, there are no special restrictions on the <Cmd>
+command: it is executed as if an (unrestricted) |autocommand| was invoked.
+
+Note:
+- Because <Cmd> avoids mode-changes it does not trigger |CmdlineEnter| and
+  |CmdlineLeave| events, because no user interaction is expected.
+- For the same reason, |keycodes| like <C-R><C-W> are interpreted as plain,
+  unmapped keys.
+- The command is not echo'ed, no need for <silent>.
+- In Visual mode  you can use `line('v')` and `col('v')` to get one end of the
+  Visual area, the cursor is at the other end.
+- In Select mode, |:map| and |:vmap| command mappings are executed in
+  Visual mode.  Use |:smap| to handle Select mode differently.
+
+							*E1135* *E1136*
+<Cmd> commands must terminate, that is, they must be followed by <CR> in the
+{rhs} of the mapping definition.  |Command-line| mode is never entered.
+
+							*E1137*
+<Cmd> commands can have only normal characters and cannot contain special
+characters like function keys.


 1.3 MAPPING AND MODES					*:map-modes*
@@ -595,7 +642,7 @@ construct can be used:
 	<Char-033>	character 27
 	<Char-0x7f>	character 127
 	<S-Char-114>    character 114 ('r') shifted ('R')
-This is useful to specify a (multi-byte) character in a 'keymap' file.
+This is useful to specify a (multibyte) character in a 'keymap' file.
 Upper and lowercase differences are ignored.

 							*map-comments*
@@ -840,8 +887,15 @@ execute a shell command, e.g.: `!ls`  Or put the lines in your |vimrc|.

 When modifyOtherKeys is enabled you can map <C-[> and <C-S-{>: >
 	imap <C-[> [[[
-	imap <C-S-{> {{{
-Without modifyOtherKeys <C-[> and <C-S-{> are indistinguishable from Esc.
+	imap <C-{> {{{
+Without modifyOtherKeys <C-[> and <C-{> are indistinguishable from Esc.
+Note that <C-{> is used and not <C-S-[> or <C-S-{>.  This works on most
+keyboards.  Similarly, <C-}> is used instead of <C-S-]> or <C-S-}> and
+<C-|> instead of <C-S-\> or <C-S-|>.  Note that '|' has a special meaning in a
+mapping, see |map-bar|.
+
+WARNING: if you map <C-[> you may very well break any key codes that start
+with Esc.  Make sure it comes AFTER other mappings.

 A known side effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is inserted
 after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether modifyOtherKeys is
@@ -855,7 +909,7 @@ Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
 1.12 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*

 An operator is used before a {motion} command.  To define your own operator
-you must create mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then
+you must create a mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then
 invoke the |g@| operator.  After the user types the {motion} command the
 specified function will be called.

@@ -875,35 +929,47 @@ g@{motion}		Call the function set by the 'operatorfunc' option.

 Here is an example that counts the number of spaces with <F4>: >

-	nmap <silent> <F4> :set opfunc=CountSpaces<CR>g@
-	vmap <silent> <F4> :<C-U>call CountSpaces(visualmode(), 1)<CR>
+	nnoremap <expr> <F4> CountSpaces()
+	xnoremap <expr> <F4> CountSpaces()
+	" doubling <F4> works on a line
+	nnoremap <expr> <F4><F4> CountSpaces() .. '_'
+
+	function CountSpaces(type = '') abort
+	  if a:type == ''
+	    set opfunc=CountSpaces
+	    return 'g@'
+ 	  endif

-	function! CountSpaces(type, ...)
 	  let sel_save = &selection
-	  let &selection = "inclusive"
-	  let reg_save = @@
+	  let reg_save = getreginfo('"')
+	  let cb_save = &clipboard
+	  let visual_marks_save = [getpos("'<"), getpos("'>")]

-	  if a:0  " Invoked from Visual mode, use gv command.
-	    silent exe "normal! gvy"
-	  elseif a:type == 'line'
-	    silent exe "normal! '[V']y"
-	  else
-	    silent exe "normal! `[v`]y"
-	  endif
-
-	  echomsg strlen(substitute(@@, '[^ ]', '', 'g'))
-
-	  let &selection = sel_save
-	  let @@ = reg_save
+	  try
+	    set clipboard= selection=inclusive
+	    let commands = #{line: "'[V']y", char: "`[v`]y", block: "`[\<c-v>`]y"}
+	    silent exe 'noautocmd keepjumps normal! ' .. get(commands, a:type, '')
+	    echom getreg('"')->count(' ')
+	  finally
+	    call setreg('"', reg_save)
+	    call setpos("'<", visual_marks_save[0])
+	    call setpos("'>", visual_marks_save[1])
+	    let &clipboard = cb_save
+	    let &selection = sel_save
+	  endtry
 	endfunction

+An <expr> mapping is used to be able to fetch any prefixed count and register.
+This also avoids using a command line, which would trigger CmdlineEnter and
+CmdlineLeave autocommands.
+
 Note that the 'selection' option is temporarily set to "inclusive" to be able
 to yank exactly the right text by using Visual mode from the '[ to the ']
 mark.

-Also note that there is a separate mapping for Visual mode.  It removes the
-"'<,'>" range that ":" inserts in Visual mode and invokes the function with
-visualmode() and an extra argument.
+Also note that the 'clipboard' option is temporarily emptied to avoid
+clobbering the `"*` or `"+` registers, if its value contains the item `unnamed`
+or `unnamedplus`.

 ==============================================================================
 2. Abbreviations			*abbreviations* *Abbreviations*
@@ -1175,9 +1241,9 @@ Otherwise, using "<SID>" outside of a script context is an error.

 If you need to get the script number to use in a complicated script, you can
 use this function: >
-	function s:SID()
-	  return matchstr(expand('<sfile>'), '<SNR>\zs\d\+\ze_SID$')
-	endfun
+	func s:ScriptNumber()
+	  return matchstr(expand('<SID>'), '<SNR>\zs\d\+\ze_')
+	endfunc

 The "<SNR>" will be shown when listing functions and mappings.  This is useful
 to find out what they are defined to.
@@ -1255,15 +1321,15 @@ last defined. Example: >
 See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.

 							*E174* *E182*
-:com[mand][!] [{attr}...] {cmd} {rep}
+:com[mand][!] [{attr}...] {cmd} {repl}
 			Define a user command.  The name of the command is
-			{cmd} and its replacement text is {rep}.  The command's
-			attributes (see below) are {attr}.  If the command
-			already exists, an error is reported, unless a ! is
-			specified, in which case the command is redefined.
-			There is one exception: When sourcing a script again,
-			a command that was previously defined in that script
-			will be silently replaced.
+			{cmd} and its replacement text is {repl}.  The
+			command's attributes (see below) are {attr}.  If the
+			command already exists, an error is reported, unless a
+			! is specified, in which case the command is
+			redefined.  There is one exception: When sourcing a
+			script again, a command that was previously defined in
+			that script will be silently replaced.


 :delc[ommand] {cmd}				*:delc* *:delcommand* *E184*
@@ -1473,11 +1539,11 @@ feature.  Use the full name for new scripts.

 Replacement text ~

-The replacement text for a user defined command is scanned for special escape
-sequences, using <...> notation.  Escape sequences are replaced with values
-from the entered command line, and all other text is copied unchanged.  The
-resulting string is executed as an Ex command.  To avoid the replacement use
-<lt> in place of the initial <.  Thus to include "<bang>" literally use
+The replacement text {repl} for a user defined command is scanned for special
+escape sequences, using <...> notation.  Escape sequences are replaced with
+values from the entered command line, and all other text is copied unchanged.
+The resulting string is executed as an Ex command.  To avoid the replacement
+use <lt> in place of the initial <.  Thus to include "<bang>" literally use
 "<lt>bang>".

 The valid escape sequences are
@@ -1495,7 +1561,7 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 	<bang>	(See the '-bang' attribute) Expands to a ! if the
 		command was executed with a ! modifier, otherwise
 		expands to nothing.
-						*<mods>* *:command-modifiers*
+					*<mods>* *<q-mods>* *:command-modifiers*
 	<mods>  The command modifiers, if specified. Otherwise, expands to
 		nothing. Supported modifiers are |:aboveleft|, |:belowright|,
 		|:botright|, |:browse|, |:confirm|, |:hide|, |:keepalt|,
@@ -1603,6 +1669,11 @@ errors and the "update" command to write modified buffers): >
 This will invoke: >
 	:call Allargs("%s/foo/bar/ge|update")
 <
+If the command is defined in Vim9 script (a script that starts with
+`:vim9script` and in a `:def` function) then {repl} will be executed as in Vim9
+script.  Thus this depends on where the command is defined, not where it is
+used.
+
 When defining a user command in a script, it will be able to call functions
 local to the script and use mappings local to the script.  When the user
 invokes the user command, it will run in the context of the script it was
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ characters or boxes when using another encoding.
 This is a summary of the multibyte features in Vim.  If you are lucky it works
 as described and you can start using Vim without much trouble.  If something
 doesn't work you will have to read the rest.  Don't be surprised if it takes
-quite a bit of work and experimenting to make Vim use all the multi-byte
+quite a bit of work and experimenting to make Vim use all the multibyte
 features.  Unfortunately, every system has its own way to deal with multibyte
 languages and it is quite complicated.

@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ You can also set 'guifont' alone, Vim will try to find a matching

 INPUT

-There are several ways to enter multi-byte characters:
+There are several ways to enter multibyte characters:
 - For X11 XIM can be used.  See |XIM|.
 - For MS-Windows IME can be used.  See |IME|.
 - For all systems keymaps can be used.  See |mbyte-keymap|.
@@ -237,11 +237,11 @@ encoded with one byte, we call this a single-byte encoding.  The most often
 used one is called "latin1".  This limits the number of characters to 256.
 Some of these are control characters, thus even fewer can be used for text.

-When some characters use two or more bytes, we call this a multi-byte
+When some characters use two or more bytes, we call this a multibyte
 encoding.  This allows using much more than 256 characters, which is required
 for most East Asian languages.

-Most multi-byte encodings use one byte for the first 127 characters.  These
+Most multibyte encodings use one byte for the first 127 characters.  These
 are equal to ASCII, which makes it easy to exchange plain-ASCII text, no
 matter what language is used.  Thus you might see the right text even when the
 encoding was set wrong.
@@ -488,11 +488,11 @@ possible.
 ==============================================================================
 4. Using a terminal					*mbyte-terminal*

-The GUI fully supports multi-byte characters.  It is also possible in a
+The GUI fully supports multibyte characters.  It is also possible in a
 terminal, if the terminal supports the same encoding that Vim uses.  Thus this
 is less flexible.

-For example, you can run Vim in a xterm with added multi-byte support and/or
+For example, you can run Vim in a xterm with added multibyte support and/or
 |XIM|.  Examples are kterm (Kanji term) and hanterm (for Korean), Eterm
 (Enlightened terminal) and rxvt.

@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ For Vim you may need to set 'encoding' to "utf-8".
 5.  Fonts on X11					*mbyte-fonts-X11*

 Unfortunately, using fonts in X11 is complicated.  The name of a single-byte
-font is a long string.  For multi-byte fonts we need several of these...
+font is a long string.  For multibyte fonts we need several of these...

 Note: Most of this is no longer relevant for GTK+ 2.  Selecting a font via
 its XLFD is not supported; see 'guifont' for an example of how to
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ written like:

 X FONTSET
 						*fontset* *xfontset*
-A single-byte charset is typically associated with one font.  For multi-byte
+A single-byte charset is typically associated with one font.  For multibyte
 charsets a combination of fonts is often used.  This means that one group of
 characters are used from one font and another group from another font (which
 might be double wide).  This collection of fonts is called a fontset.
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ not everybody is able to type a composing character.
 ==============================================================================
 12. Overview of options					*mbyte-options*

-These options are relevant for editing multi-byte files.  Check the help in
+These options are relevant for editing multibyte files.  Check the help in
 options.txt for detailed information.

 'encoding'	Encoding used for the keyboard and display.  It is also the
@@ -1456,14 +1456,14 @@ options.txt for detailed information.
 		languages where a sequence of characters can be broken
 		anywhere.

-'guifontset'	The list of font names used for a multi-byte encoding.  When
+'guifontset'	The list of font names used for a multibyte encoding.  When
 		this option is not empty, it replaces 'guifont'.

 'keymap'	Specify the name of a keyboard mapping.

 ==============================================================================

-Contributions specifically for the multi-byte features by:
+Contributions specifically for the multibyte features by:
 	Chi-Deok Hwang <hwang@mizi.co.kr>
 	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
 	K.Nagano <nagano@atese.advantest.co.jp>
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 01
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -19,13 +19,14 @@ The ":messages" command can be used to view previously given messages.  This
 is especially useful when messages have been overwritten or truncated.  This
 depends on the 'shortmess' option.

-	:messages		Show all messages.
+	:mes[sages]		Show all messages.

-	:{count}messages	Show the {count} most recent messages.
+	:{count}mes[sages]	Show the {count} most recent messages.

-	:messages clear		Clear all messages.
+	:mes[sages] clear	Clear all messages.

-	:{count}messages clear	Clear messages, keeping only the {count} most
+	:{count}mes[sages] clear
+				Clear messages, keeping only the {count} most
 				recent ones.

 The number of remembered messages is fixed at 20 for the tiny version and 200
@@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ See `:messages` above.


 LIST OF MESSAGES
-			*E222* *E228* *E232* *E256* *E293* *E298* *E304* *E317*
+			*E222* *E228* *E232* *E293* *E298* *E304* *E317*
 			*E318* *E356* *E438* *E439* *E440* *E316* *E320* *E322*
 			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E292*  >
  Add to read buffer
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 16
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 Multi-language features				*multilang* *multi-lang*

 This is about using messages and menus in various languages.  For editing
-multi-byte text see |multibyte|.
+multibyte text see |multibyte|.

 The basics are explained in the user manual: |usr_45.txt|.

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 18


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -190,11 +190,14 @@ l		or					*l*

 							*^*
 ^			To the first non-blank character of the line.
-			|exclusive| motion.
+			|exclusive| motion.  Any count is ignored.

 							*$* *<End>* *<kEnd>*
 $  or <End>		To the end of the line.  When a count is given also go
-			[count - 1] lines downward. |inclusive| motion.
+			[count - 1] lines downward, or as far is possible.
+			|inclusive| motion.  If a count of 2 of larger is
+			given and the cursor is on the last line, that is an
+			error an the cursor doesn't move.
 			In Visual mode the cursor goes to just after the last
 			character in the line.
 			When 'virtualedit' is active, "$" may move the cursor
@@ -495,10 +498,11 @@ a set of section macros, specified by the pairs of characters in the
 'sections' option.  The default is "SHNHH HUnhsh", which defines a section to
 start at the nroff macros ".SH", ".NH", ".H", ".HU", ".nh" and ".sh".

-The "]" and "[" commands stop at the '{' or '}' in the first column.  This is
-useful to find the start or end of a function in a C program.  Note that the
-first character of the command determines the search direction and the
-second character the type of brace found.
+The "]]" and "[[" commands stop at the '{' in the first column.  This is
+useful to find the start of a function in a C program.  To search for a '}' in
+the first column, the end of a C function, use "][" (forward) or "[]"
+(backward).  Note that the first character of the command determines the
+search direction.

 If your '{' or '}' are not in the first column, and you would like to use "[["
 and "]]" anyway, try these mappings: >
@@ -1142,7 +1146,7 @@ sequence of small changes in a line, for example "xxxxx", adds many positions
 to the change list.  When 'textwidth' is zero 'wrapmargin' is used.  When that
 also isn't set a fixed number of 79 is used.  Detail: For the computations
 bytes are used, not characters, to avoid a speed penalty (this only matters
-for multi-byte encodings).
+for multibyte encodings).

 Note that when text has been inserted or deleted the cursor position might be
 a bit different from the position of the change.  Especially when lines have
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 19
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 02


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -362,12 +362,12 @@ color		Argument with either a decimal number, "none" (without the
 offset		A number argument that indicates a byte position in a buffer.
 		The first byte has offset zero.  Line breaks are counted for
 		how they appear in the file (CR/LF counts for two bytes).
-		Note that a multi-byte character is counted for the number of
+		Note that a multibyte character is counted for the number of
 		bytes it takes.

 lnum/col	Argument with a line number and column number position.  The
 		line number starts with one, the column is the byte position,
-		starting with zero.  Note that a multi-byte character counts
+		starting with zero.  Note that a multibyte character counts
 		for several columns.

 pathname	String argument: file name with full path.
@@ -562,9 +562,10 @@ setModtime time
 		saved directly by the Vim Controller.
 		New in version 2.3.

-setReadOnly
-		Set a file as readonly
-		Implemented in version 2.3.
+setReadOnly readonly
+		When the boolean argument "readonly" is "T" for True, mark the
+		buffer as readonly, when it is "F" for False, mark it as not
+		readonly.  Implemented in version 2.3.

 setStyle	Not implemented.

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 07
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 10


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -703,6 +703,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The value "double" cannot be used if 'listchars' or 'fillchars'
 	contains a character that would be double width.

+	The values are overruled for characters specified with
+	|setcellwidths()|.
+
 	There are a number of CJK fonts for which the width of glyphs for
 	those characters are solely based on how many octets they take in
 	legacy/traditional CJK encodings.  In those encodings, Euro,
@@ -727,8 +730,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'antialias' 'anti'	boolean (default off, on for MacVim)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled
-			on Mac OS X}
-	This option only has an effect in the GUI version of Vim on Mac OS X
+			on macOS}
+	This option only has an effect in the GUI version of Vim on macOS
 	v10.2 or later.  When on, Vim will use smooth ("antialiased") fonts,
 	which can be easier to read at certain sizes on certain displays.

@@ -2566,7 +2569,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"x" delete each combining character on its own.  When it is off (the
 	default) the character along with its combining characters are
 	deleted.
-	Note: When 'delcombine' is set "xx" may work different from "2x"!
+	Note: When 'delcombine' is set "xx" may work differently from "2x"!

 	This is useful for Arabic, Hebrew and many other languages where one
 	may have combining characters overtop of base characters, and want
@@ -2748,8 +2751,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	- For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//",
 	  the swap file name will be built from the complete path to the file
-	  with all path separators substituted to percent '%' signs. This will
-	  ensure file name uniqueness in the preserve directory.
+	  with all path separators replaced by percent '%' signs (including
+	  the colon following the drive letter on Win32). This will ensure
+	  file name uniqueness in the preserve directory.
 	  On Win32, it is also possible to end with "\\".  However, When a
 	  separating comma is following, you must use "//", since "\\" will
 	  include the comma in the file name. Therefore it is recommended to
@@ -2817,7 +2821,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'emoji' 'emo'	boolean (default: on)
 			global
 	When on all Unicode emoji characters are considered to be full width.
-
+	This excludes "text emoji" characters, which are normally displayed as
+	single width.  Unfortunately there is no good specification for this
+	and it has been determined on trial-and-error basis.  Use the
+	|setcellwidths()| function to change the behavior.

 					*'encoding'* *'enc'* *E543*
 'encoding' 'enc'	string (default: "latin1" or value from $LANG)
@@ -2847,7 +2854,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This is specified with 'fileencoding'.  The conversion is done with
 	iconv() or as specified with 'charconvert'.

-	If you need to know whether 'encoding' is a multi-byte encoding, you
+	If you need to know whether 'encoding' is a multibyte encoding, you
 	can use: >
 		if has("multi_byte_encoding")
 <
@@ -4649,7 +4656,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.

 						*'isprint'* *'isp'*
-'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default for Win32 and Macintosh:
+'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default for Win32 and macOS:
 				"@,~-255"; otherwise: "@,161-255")
 			global
 	The characters given by this option are displayed directly on the
@@ -4778,7 +4785,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	    characters.  Example: "abc;ABC"
 	Example: "aA,fgh;FGH,cCdDeE"
 	Special characters need to be preceded with a backslash.  These are
-	";", ',' and backslash itself.
+	";", ',', '"', '|' and backslash itself.

 	This will allow you to activate vim actions without having to switch
 	back and forth between the languages.  Your language characters will
@@ -5026,19 +5033,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'macatsui'* *'nomacatsui'*
 'macatsui'		boolean	(default on)
 			global
-			{only available in Mac Carbon GUI version}
-	This is a workaround for when drawing doesn't work properly.  When set
-	and compiled with multi-byte support ATSUI text drawing is used.  When
-	not set ATSUI text drawing is not used.  Switch this option off when
-	you experience drawing problems.  In a future version the problems may
-	be solved and this option becomes obsolete.  Therefore use this method
-	to unset it: >
-		if exists('&macatsui')
-		   set nomacatsui
-		endif
-<	Another option to check if you have drawing problems is
-	'termencoding'.
-	Note: MacVim does not use this option.
+			{not supported}
+	No longer supported, as the Mac OS X GUI code was removed.

 				*'macligatures'* *'nomacligatures'*
 'macligatures' 		boolean (default off)
@@ -6338,7 +6334,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	screen.  If the statusline is given by 'statusline' (i.e. not empty),
 	this option takes precedence over 'ruler' and 'rulerformat'
 	If the number of characters displayed is different from the number of
-	bytes in the text (e.g., for a TAB or a multi-byte character), both
+	bytes in the text (e.g., for a TAB or a multibyte character), both
 	the text column (byte number) and the screen column are shown,
 	separated with a dash.
 	For an empty line "0-1" is shown.
@@ -6366,7 +6362,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <
 				*'runtimepath'* *'rtp'* *vimfiles*
 'runtimepath' 'rtp'	string	(default:
-					Unix, Mac OS X: "$HOME/.vim,
+					Unix, macOS: "$HOME/.vim,
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
@@ -6381,7 +6377,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
 						$HOME/vimfiles/after"
-					Macintosh (pre-OS X): "$VIM:vimfiles,
+					Classic Mac OS: "$VIM:vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM:vimfiles:after"
 					Haiku: "$BE_USER_SETTINGS/vim,
@@ -6711,7 +6707,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For the Amiga the default is ">".  For MS-Windows the default is
 	">%s 2>&1".  The output is directly saved in a file and not echoed to
 	the screen.
-	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
+	For Unix the default is "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
 	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
@@ -7369,7 +7365,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	normal text.  Each status line item is of the form:
 	  %-0{minwid}.{maxwid}{item}
 	All fields except the {item} are optional.  A single percent sign can
-	be given as "%%".  Up to 80 items can be specified.  *E541*
+	be given as "%%".

 	When the option starts with "%!" then it is used as an expression,
 	evaluated and the result is used as the option value.  Example: >
@@ -7435,8 +7431,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	N N   Printer page number.  (Only works in the 'printheader' option.)
 	l N   Line number.
 	L N   Number of lines in buffer.
-	c N   Column number.
-	v N   Virtual column number.
+	c N   Column number (byte index).
+	v N   Virtual column number (screen column).
 	V N   Virtual column number as -{num}.  Not displayed if equal to 'c'.
 	p N   Percentage through file in lines as in |CTRL-G|.
 	P S   Percentage through file of displayed window.  This is like the
@@ -7891,8 +7887,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Encoding used for the terminal.  This specifies what character
 	encoding the keyboard produces and the display will understand.  For
 	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
-	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
-	'termencoding' should be "macroman".
+	display).
 								*E617* *E950*
 	Note: This does not apply to the GTK+ and MacVim GUIs.  After the GUI
 	has been successfully initialized, 'termencoding' is forcibly set to
@@ -7957,8 +7952,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'termwinsize'* *'tws'*
 'termwinsize' 'tws'	string	(default "")
 			local to window
-	Size of the |terminal| window.  Format: {rows}x{columns} or
-	{rows}*{columns}.
+	Size used when opening the |terminal| window.  Format:
+		{rows}x{columns} or {rows}*{columns}.
 	- When empty the terminal gets the size from the window.
 	- When set with a "x" (e.g., "24x80") the terminal size is not
 	  adjusted to the window size.  If the window is smaller only the
@@ -7969,6 +7964,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- When rows is zero then use the height of the window.
 	- When columns is zero then use the width of the window.
 	- Using "0x0" or "0*0" is the same as empty.
+	- Can be overruled in the |term_start()| options with "term_rows" and
+	  "term_cols".

 	Examples:
 	  "30x0" uses 30 rows and the current window width.
@@ -8549,7 +8546,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'viewdir' 'vdir'	string	(default for Amiga and Win32:
 							 "$VIM/vimfiles/view",
 				 for Unix: "~/.vim/view",
-				 for Macintosh: "$VIM:vimfiles:view"
+				 for macOS: "$VIM:vimfiles:view"
 				 for VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles/view")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+mksession|
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 10
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -361,8 +361,8 @@ For starters, read chapter 27 of the user manual |usr_27.txt|.
 						*/atom*
 5. An atom can be one of a long list of items.  Many atoms match one character
   in the text.  It is often an ordinary character or a character class.
-   Braces can be used to make a pattern into an atom.  The "\z(\)" construct
-   is only for syntax highlighting.
+   Parentheses can be used to make a pattern into an atom.  The "\z(\)"
+   construct is only for syntax highlighting.

   atom    ::=	    ordinary-atom		|/ordinary-atom|
 		or  \( pattern \)		|/\(|
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ overview.

 	Note that using "\&" works the same as using "\@=": "foo\&.." is the
 	same as "\(foo\)\@=..".  But using "\&" is easier, you don't need the
-	braces.
+	parentheses.


 							*/\@!*
@@ -797,11 +797,12 @@ An ordinary atom can be:
 	^beep(		the start of the C function "beep" (probably).

 							*/\^*
-\^	Matches literal '^'.  Can be used at any position in the pattern.
+\^	Matches literal '^'.  Can be used at any position in the pattern, but
+	not inside [].

 							*/\_^*
 \_^	Matches start-of-line. |/zero-width|  Can be used at any position in
-	the pattern.
+	the pattern, but not inside [].
 	Example		matches ~
 	\_s*\_^foo	white space and blank lines and then "foo" at
 			start-of-line
@@ -812,12 +813,13 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	|/zero-width|

 							*/\$*
-\$	Matches literal '$'.  Can be used at any position in the pattern.
+\$	Matches literal '$'.  Can be used at any position in the pattern, but
+	not inside [].

 							*/\_$*
 \_$	Matches end-of-line. |/zero-width|  Can be used at any position in the
-	pattern.  Note that "a\_$b" never matches, since "b" cannot match an
-	end-of-line.  Use "a\nb" instead |/\n|.
+	pattern, but not inside [].  Note that "a\_$b" never matches, since
+	"b" cannot match an end-of-line.  Use "a\nb" instead |/\n|.
 	Example		matches ~
 	foo\_$\_s*	"foo" at end-of-line and following white space and
 			blank lines
@@ -840,8 +842,9 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	|/zero-width|

 							*/\zs*
-\zs	Matches at any position, and sets the start of the match there: The
-	next char is the first char of the whole match. |/zero-width|
+\zs	Matches at any position, but not inside [], and sets the start of the
+	match there: The next char is the first char of the whole match.
+	|/zero-width|
 	Example: >
 		/^\s*\zsif
 <	matches an "if" at the start of a line, ignoring white space.
@@ -852,8 +855,9 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	This cannot be followed by a multi. *E888*
 	{not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature}
 							*/\ze*
-\ze	Matches at any position, and sets the end of the match there: The
-	previous char is the last char of the whole match. |/zero-width|
+\ze	Matches at any position, but not inside [], and sets the end of the
+	match there: The previous char is the last char of the whole match.
+	|/zero-width|
 	Can be used multiple times, the last one encountered in a matching
 	branch is used.
 	Example: "end\ze\(if\|for\)" matches the "end" in "endif" and
@@ -939,7 +943,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	These three can be used to match specific columns in a buffer or
 	string.  The "23" can be any column number.  The first column is 1.
 	Actually, the column is the byte number (thus it's not exactly right
-	for multi-byte characters).
+	for multibyte characters).
 	WARNING: When inserting or deleting text Vim does not automatically
 	update the matches.  This means Syntax highlighting quickly becomes
 	wrong.
@@ -994,7 +998,7 @@ Character classes:
 \p	printable character (see 'isprint' option)	*/\p*
 \P	like "\p", but excluding digits			*/\P*

-NOTE: the above also work for multi-byte characters.  The ones below only
+NOTE: the above also work for multibyte characters.  The ones below only
 match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.

 						*whitespace* *white-space*
@@ -1065,8 +1069,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself

 []	(with 'nomagic': \[])		*/[]* */\[]* */\_[]* */collection*
 \_[]
-	A collection.  This is a sequence of characters enclosed in brackets.
-	It matches any single character in the collection.
+	A collection.  This is a sequence of characters enclosed in square
+	brackets.  It matches any single character in the collection.
 	Example		matches ~
 	[xyz]		any 'x', 'y' or 'z'
 	[a-zA-Z]$	any alphabetic character at the end of a line
@@ -1125,15 +1129,16 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 *[:ident:]*	  [:ident:]		identifier character (same as "\i")
 *[:keyword:]*	  [:keyword:]		keyword character (same as "\k")
 *[:fname:]*	  [:fname:]		file name character (same as "\f")
-	  The brackets in character class expressions are additional to the
-	  brackets delimiting a collection.  For example, the following is a
-	  plausible pattern for a UNIX filename: "[-./[:alnum:]_~]\+" That is,
-	  a list of at least one character, each of which is either '-', '.',
-	  '/', alphabetic, numeric, '_' or '~'.
+	  The square brackets in character class expressions are additional to
+	  the square brackets delimiting a collection.  For example, the
+	  following is a plausible pattern for a UNIX filename:
+	  "[-./[:alnum:]_~]\+".  That is, a list of at least one character,
+	  each of which is either '-', '.', '/', alphabetic, numeric, '_' or
+	  '~'.
 	  These items only work for 8-bit characters, except [:lower:] and
-	  [:upper:] also work for multi-byte characters when using the new
+	  [:upper:] also work for multibyte characters when using the new
 	  regexp engine.  See |two-engines|.  In the future these items may
-	  work for multi-byte characters.  For now, to get all "alpha"
+	  work for multibyte characters.  For now, to get all "alpha"
 	  characters you can use: [[:lower:][:upper:]].

 	  The "Func" column shows what library function is used.  The
@@ -1257,8 +1262,8 @@ When working with expression evaluation, a <NL> character in the pattern
 matches a <NL> in the string.  The use of "\n" (backslash n) to match a <NL>
 doesn't work there, it only works to match text in the buffer.

-						*pattern-multi-byte*
-Patterns will also work with multi-byte characters, mostly as you would
+				*pattern-multi-byte* *pattern-multibyte*
+Patterns will also work with multibyte characters, mostly as you would
 expect.  But invalid bytes may cause trouble, a pattern with an invalid byte
 will probably never match.

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 14
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 19

 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -437,9 +437,13 @@ settings are described below, in |netrw-browser-options|, and in
  *g:netrw_silent*	=0 : transfers done normally
 			=1 : transfers done silently

- *g:netrw_use_errorwindow* =1 : messages from netrw will use a separate one
+ *g:netrw_use_errorwindow* =2: messages from netrw will use a popup window
+			     Move the mouse and pause to remove the popup window.
+			     (default value if popup windows are availble)
+			 =1 : messages from netrw will use a separate one
 			      line window.  This window provides reliable
-			      delivery of messages. (default)
+			      delivery of messages.
+			     (default value if popup windows are not availble)
 			 =0 : messages from netrw will use echoerr ;
 			      messages don't always seem to show up this
 			      way, but one doesn't have to quit the window.
@@ -725,6 +729,8 @@ just as easily as if they were local files! >
 See |netrw-activate| for more on how to encourage your vim to use plugins
 such as netrw.

+For password-free use of scp:, see |netrw-ssh-hack|.
+

 ==============================================================================
 7. Ex Commands						*netrw-ex* {{{1
@@ -1063,7 +1069,7 @@ QUICK HELP						*netrw-quickhelp* {{{2
 	  Reverse sorting order.........................|netrw-r|


-				*netrw-quickmap* *netrw-quickmaps*
+				*netrw-quickmap*  *netrw-quickmaps*
 QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 >
 	  ---			-----------------			----
@@ -1080,7 +1086,7 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	   a	Cycles between normal display,                       |netrw-a|
 	    	hiding (suppress display of files matching g:netrw_list_hide)
 	    	and showing (display only files which match g:netrw_list_hide)
-	   c	Make browsing directory the current directory        |netrw-c|
+	   cd	Make browsing directory the current directory        |netrw-cd|
 	   C	Setting the editing window                           |netrw-C|
 	   d	Make a directory                                     |netrw-d|
 	   D	Attempt to remove the file(s)/directory(ies)         |netrw-D|
@@ -2098,7 +2104,7 @@ the two directories the same, use the "cd" map (type cd).  That map will
 set Vim's notion of the current directory to netrw's current browsing
 directory.

-*netrw-c* : This map's name has been changed from "c" to cd (see |netrw-cd|).
+|netrw-cd|: This map's name was changed from "c" to cd (see |netrw-cd|).
          This change was done to allow for |netrw-cb| and |netrw-cB| maps.

 Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_keepdir|
@@ -2753,7 +2759,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				=0 keep the current directory the same as the
 				   browsing directory.
 				The current browsing directory is contained in
-				b:netrw_curdir (also see |netrw-c|)
+				b:netrw_curdir (also see |netrw-cd|)

  *g:netrw_keepj*		="keepj" (default) netrw attempts to keep the
 				         |:jumps| table unaffected.
@@ -3124,7 +3130,8 @@ a file using the local browser (by putting the cursor on it) and pressing

 Related topics:
 * To see what the current directory is, use |:pwd|
- * To make the currently browsed directory the current directory, see |netrw-c|
+ * To make the currently browsed directory the current directory, see
+   |netrw-cd|
 * To automatically make the currently browsed directory the current
   directory, see |g:netrw_keepdir|.

@@ -3799,9 +3806,15 @@ netrw:
 	   or
 	     http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=120

-	  Decho.vim is provided as a "vimball"; see |vimball-intro|.
+	  Decho.vim is provided as a "vimball"; see |vimball-intro|.  You
+	  should edit the Decho.vba.gz file and source it in: >

-	2. Edit the <netrw.vim> file by typing: >
+	  	vim Decho.vba.gz
+		:so %
+		:q
+<
+	2. To turn on debug tracing in netrw, then edit the <netrw.vim>
+	   file by typing: >

 		vim netrw.vim
 		:DechoOn
@@ -3823,14 +3836,34 @@ netrw:
 	   read/write your file over the network in a separate tab or
 	   server vim window.

-	   To save the file, use >
+	   Change the netrw.vimrc file to include the Decho plugin: >
+
+		set nocp
+		so $HOME/.vim/plugin/Decho.vim
+		so $HOME/.vim/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
+<
+	   You should continue to run vim with >
+
+		vim -u netrw.vimrc --noplugins -i NONE [some path here]
+<
+	   to avoid entanglements with options and other plugins.
+
+	   To save the file: under linux, the output will be in a separate
+	   remote server window; in it, just save the file with >
+
+	   	:w! DBG
+
+<	   Under a vim that doesn't support clientserver, your debugging
+	   output will appear in another tab: >

 		:tabnext
 		:set bt=
 		:w! DBG
+<
+	   Furthermore, it'd be helpful if you would type >

-<	   Furthermore, it'd be helpful if you would type >
 		:Dsep <command>
+
 <	   where <command> is the command you're about to type next,
 	   thereby making it easier to associate which part of the
 	   debugging trace is due to which command.
@@ -3838,17 +3871,34 @@ netrw:
 	   Please send that information to <netrw.vim>'s maintainer along
 	   with the o/s you're using and the vim version that you're using
 	   (see |:version|)  (remove the embedded NOSPAM first) >
+
 		NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM
 <
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1

+	v170:	Mar 11, 2020	* (reported by Reiner Herrmann) netrw+tree
+				  would not hide with the ^\..* pattern
+				  correctly.
+				* (Marcin Szamotulski) NetrwOptionRestore
+				  did not restore options correctly that
+				  had a single quote in the option string.
+		Apr 13, 2020	* implemented error handling via popup
+				  windows (see |popup_beval()|)
+		Apr 30, 2020	* (reported by Manatsu Takahashi) while
+				  using Lexplore, a modified file could
+				  be overwritten.  Sol'n: will not overwrite,
+				  but will emit an |E37| (although one cannot
+				  add an ! to override)
+		Jun 07, 2020	* (reported by Jo Totland) repeatedly invoking
+				  :Lexplore and quitting it left unused
+				  hidden buffers.  Netrw will now set netrw
+				  buffers created by :Lexplore to |bh|=wipe.
 	v169:	Dec 20, 2019	* (reported by amkarthik) that netrw's x
 				  (|netrw-x|) would throw an error when
 				  attempting to open a local directory.
 	v168:	Dec 12, 2019	* scp timeout error message not reported,
 				  hopefully now fixed (Shane Xb Qian)
-
 	v167:	Nov 29, 2019	* netrw does a save&restore on @* and @+.
 				  That causes problems with the clipboard.
 				  Now restores occurs only if @* or @+ have
@@ -4306,4 +4356,4 @@ netrw:

 ==============================================================================
 Modelines: {{{1
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:noet:norl:fdm=marker
@@ -154,4 +154,4 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
   v1 Sep 15, 2005 * Initial release, had browsing, reading, and writing

 ==============================================================================
-vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:fdm=marker
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:noet:norl:fdm=marker
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 27
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ CLOSING THE POPUP WINDOW				*popup-close*

 Normally the plugin that created the popup window is also in charge of closing
 it.  If somehow a popup hangs around, you can close all of them with: >
-	call popup_clear()
+	call popup_clear(1)
 Some popups, such as notifications, close after a specified time.  This can be
 set with the "time" property on `popup_create()`.
 Otherwise, a popup can be closed by clicking on the X in the top-right corner
@@ -314,6 +314,7 @@ popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_menu()*
 		    <Space> <Enter>	accept current selection
 		    x Esc CTRL-C	cancel the menu
 		Other keys are ignored.
+		Always returns |v:true|.

 		A match is set on that line to highlight it, see
 		|popup_menu()|.
@@ -711,7 +712,7 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			By default a double line is used all around when
 			'encoding' is "utf-8" and 'ambiwidth' is "single",
 			otherwise ASCII characters are used.
-	scrollbar	non-zero: show a scrollbar when the text doesn't fit.
+	scrollbar	1 or true: show a scrollbar when the text doesn't fit.
 			zero: do not show a scrollbar.  Default is non-zero.
 			Also see |popup-scrollbar|.
 	scrollbarhighlight  Highlight group name for the scrollbar. The
@@ -910,11 +911,22 @@ A mouse click arrives as <LeftMouse>.  The coordinates can be obtained with
 Vim provides standard filters |popup_filter_menu()| and
 |popup_filter_yesno()|.

+Keys coming from a `:normal` command do not pass through the filter.  This can
+be used to move the cursor in a popup where the "cursorline" option is set: >
+	call win_execute(winid, 'normal! 10Gzz')
+Keys coming from `feedkeys()` are passed through the filter.
+
 Note that "x" is the normal way to close a popup.  You may want to use Esc,
 but since many keys start with an Esc character, there may be a delay before
 Vim recognizes the Esc key.  If you do use Esc, it is recommended to set the
 'ttimeoutlen' option to 100 and set 'timeout' and/or 'ttimeout'.

+							*popup-filter-errors*
+If the filter function can't be called, e.g. because the name is wrong, then
+the popup is closed.  If the filter causes an error then it is assumed to
+return zero.  If this happens three times in a row the popup is closed.  If
+the popup gives errors fewer than 10% of the calls then it won't be closed.
+

 POPUP CALLBACK						*popup-callback*

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*print.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 17
+*print.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ If 'printencoding' is empty or Vim cannot find the file then it will use
 encoding file.  If Vim is unable to find a character encoding file then it
 will use the "latin1" print character encoding file.

-When 'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding, Vim will try to convert
+When 'encoding' is set to a multibyte encoding, Vim will try to convert
 characters to the printing encoding for printing (if 'printencoding' is empty
 then the conversion will be to latin1).  Conversion to a printing encoding
 other than latin1 will require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv| feature.
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Japanese text you would do the following; >
 	:set printmbcharset=JIS_X_1983

 If 'printmbcharset' is not one of the above values then it is assumed to
-specify a custom multi-byte character set and no check will be made that it is
+specify a custom multibyte character set and no check will be made that it is
 compatible with the value for 'printencoding'.  Vim will look for a file
 defining the character set in the "print" directory in 'runtimepath'.

@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ printing of characters in the ASCII code range.
  a:yes			Use ASCII character set for codes in the ASCII
  a:no (default)	code range.

-The following is an example of specifying two multi-byte fonts, one for normal
+The following is an example of specifying two multibyte fonts, one for normal
 and italic printing and one for bold and bold-italic printing, and using
 Courier to print codes in the ASCII code range but using the national
 character set: >
@@ -420,10 +420,10 @@ There are currently a number of limitations with PostScript printing:
  possible to get all the characters in an encoding to print by installing a
  new version of the Courier font family.

- Multi-byte support - Currently Vim will try to convert multi-byte characters
+- Multi-byte support - Currently Vim will try to convert multibyte characters
  to the 8-bit encoding specified by 'printencoding' (or latin1 if it is
  empty).  Any characters that are not successfully converted are shown as
-  unknown characters.  Printing will fail if Vim cannot convert the multi-byte
+  unknown characters.  Printing will fail if Vim cannot convert the multibyte
  to the 8-bit encoding.

 ==============================================================================
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ print ASCII text using the national character set you may see some unexpected
 characters.  If you want true ASCII code printing then you need to configure
 Vim to output ASCII characters for the ASCII code range with 'printmbfont'.

-It is possible to define your own multi-byte character set although this
+It is possible to define your own multibyte character set although this
 should not be attempted lightly.  A discussion on the process if beyond the
 scope of these help files.  You can find details on CMap (character map) files
 in the document 'Adobe CMap and CIDFont Files Specification, Version 1.0',
@@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ special problem here is that it doesn't print information on leaving the
 directory and that it doesn't print the absolute path.

 To solve the problem with relative paths and missing "leave directory"
-messages Vim uses following algorithm:
+messages Vim uses the following algorithm:

 1) Check if the given directory is a subdirectory of the current directory.
   If this is true, store it as the current directory.
@@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ list window is:
 The values displayed in each line correspond to the "bufnr", "lnum", "col" and
 "text" fields returned by the |getqflist()| function.

-For some quickfix/location lists, the displayed text need to be customized.
+For some quickfix/location lists, the displayed text needs to be customized.
 For example, if only the filename is present for a quickfix entry, then the
 two "|" field separator characters after the filename are not needed.  Another
 use case is to customize the path displayed for a filename. By default, the
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 10
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'eventignore'	  'ei'	    autocommand events that are ignored
 'expandtab'	  'et'	    use spaces when <Tab> is inserted
 'exrc'		  'ex'	    read .vimrc and .exrc in the current directory
-'fileencoding'	  'fenc'    file encoding for multi-byte text
+'fileencoding'	  'fenc'    file encoding for multibyte text
 'fileencodings'   'fencs'   automatically detected character encodings
 'fileformat'	  'ff'	    file format used for file I/O
 'fileformats'	  'ffs'     automatically detected values for 'fileformat'
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'grepprg'	  'gp'	    program to use for ":grep"
 'guicursor'	  'gcr'     GUI: settings for cursor shape and blinking
 'guifont'	  'gfn'     GUI: Name(s) of font(s) to be used
-'guifontset'	  'gfs'     GUI: Names of multi-byte fonts to be used
+'guifontset'	  'gfs'     GUI: Names of multibyte fonts to be used
 'guifontwide'	  'gfw'     list of font names for double-wide characters
 'guiheadroom'	  'ghr'     GUI: pixels room for window decorations
 'guioptions'	  'go'	    GUI: Which components and options are used
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*recover.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 09
+*recover.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ Disadvantages:
  directories (although Vim tries to avoid that by comparing the path name).
  This will result in bogus ATTENTION warning messages.
 - When you use your home directory, and somebody else tries to edit the same
-  file, he will not see your swap file and will not get the ATTENTION warning
-  message.
+  file, that user will not see your swap file and will not get the ATTENTION
+  warning message.
 On the Amiga you can also use a recoverable ram disk, but there is no 100%
 guarantee that this works.  Putting swap files in a normal ram disk (like RAM:
 on the Amiga) or in a place that is cleared when rebooting (like /tmp on Unix)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 14
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 09


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -271,6 +271,9 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			directories are added to 'runtimepath'.  This is
 			useful in your .vimrc.  The plugins will then be
 			loaded during initialization, see |load-plugins|.
+			Note that for ftdetect scripts to be loaded
+			you will need to write `filetype plugin indent on`
+			AFTER all `packadd!` commands.

 			Also see |pack-add|.
 			{only available when compiled with |+eval|}
@@ -643,7 +646,7 @@ This assumes you write one or more plugins that you distribute as a package.

 If you have two unrelated plugins you would use two packages, so that Vim
 users can choose what they include or not.  Or you can decide to use one
-package with optional plugins, and tell the user to add the ones he wants with
+package with optional plugins, and tell the user to add the preferred ones with
 `:packadd`.

 Decide how you want to distribute the package.  You can create an archive or
@@ -679,7 +682,7 @@ You could add this packadd command in one of your plugins, to be executed when
 the optional plugin is needed.

 Run the `:helptags` command to generate the doc/tags file.  Including this
-generated file in the package means that the user can drop the package in his
+generated file in the package means that the user can drop the package in the
 pack directory and the help command works right away.  Don't forget to re-run
 the command after changing the plugin help: >
 	:helptags path/start/foobar/doc
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 30
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 28


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -81,10 +81,18 @@ on the same line, the attributes of the sign with the highest priority is used
 independently of the sign group. The default priority for a sign is 10. The
 priority is assigned at the time of placing a sign.

+When two signs with the same priority are present, and one has an icon or text
+in the signcolumn while the other has line highlighting, then both are
+displayed.
+
 When the line on which the sign is placed is deleted, the sign is moved to the
 next line (or the last line of the buffer, if there is no next line).  When
 the delete is undone the sign does not move back.

+When a sign with line highlighting and 'cursorline' highlighting are both
+present, if the priority is 100 or more then the sign highlighting takes
+precedence, otherwise the 'cursorline' highlighting.
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Commands					*sign-commands* *:sig* *:sign*

@@ -454,11 +462,11 @@ sign_getplaced([{expr} [, {dict}]])			*sign_getplaced()*
 				entries

 		The dictionary for each sign contains the following entries:
-			group	sign group. Set to '' for the global group.
-			id	identifier of the sign
-			lnum	line number where the sign is placed
-			name	name of the defined sign
-			priority	sign priority
+			group	 sign group. Set to '' for the global group.
+			id	 identifier of the sign
+			lnum	 line number where the sign is placed
+			name	 name of the defined sign
+			priority sign priority

 		The returned signs in a buffer are ordered by their line
 		number and priority.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 10
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ time ":mkspell" is used.  Vim will then convert everything to 'encoding' and
 generate a spell file for 'encoding'.  If some of the used characters to not
 fit in 'encoding' you will get an error message.
 							*spell-affix-mbyte*
-When using a multi-byte encoding it's possible to use more different affix
+When using a multibyte encoding it's possible to use more different affix
 flags.  But Myspell doesn't support that, thus you may not want to use it
 anyway.  For compatibility use an 8-bit encoding.

@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ are spelling mistakes this may not be quite right.
 Common words can be specified with the COMMON item.  This will give better
 suggestions when editing a short file.  Example:

-	COMMON  the of to and a in is it you that he was for on are ~
+	COMMON  the of to and a in is it you that he she was for on are ~

 The words must be separated by white space, up to 25 per line.
 When multiple regions are specified in a ":mkspell" command the common words
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 04
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 23


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -513,6 +513,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		  'nocompatible': use Vim defaults
 		- no |gvimrc| script is loaded
 		- no viminfo file is read or written
+		Note that a following "-u" argument overrules the effect of
+		"-u DEFAULTS".

 							*-x*
 -x		Use encryption to read/write files.  Will prompt for a key,
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 28
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 04


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -3006,7 +3006,7 @@ vimrc file: >
 (Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)


-		*ft-posix-synax* *ft-dash-syntax*
+		*ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
 SH		*sh.vim*  *ft-sh-syntax*  *ft-bash-syntax*  *ft-ksh-syntax*

 This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
@@ -3183,6 +3183,7 @@ redrawing can become slow.


 TEX				*tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
+				*syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*

 			Tex Contents~
 	Tex: Want Syntax Folding?			|tex-folding|
@@ -3199,6 +3200,7 @@ TEX				*tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
 	Tex: Selective Conceal Mode			|g:tex_conceal|
 	Tex: Controlling iskeyword			|g:tex_isk|
 	Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control	|tex-supersub|
+	Tex: Match Check Control			|tex-matchcheck|

 				*tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
@@ -3422,6 +3424,22 @@ syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
 <	in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
 	utf-8 glyphs appear.

+					*tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
+ Tex: Match Check Control~
+
+	Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
+	and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10] is a range from but
+	not including 1 to and including 10}.  This wish, of course, conflicts
+	with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection.  To
+	accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
+		g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
+<	which is shown along with its default setting.  So, if one doesn't
+	want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
+		let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
+<	If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
+	regions, >
+		let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
+<	will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.

 TF						*tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*

@@ -4348,7 +4366,7 @@ Notes:
 - A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
  pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
 - Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
-  This didn't work well for multi-byte characters, so it was changed with the
+  This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
  Vim 7.2 release.
 - The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
  matched.  This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e.  You can make the highlighting
@@ -4809,6 +4827,7 @@ in their own color.
 			highlighting for groups added by the user!
 			Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
 			default colors to use.
+			If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|

 :hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
 :hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
@@ -5304,6 +5323,12 @@ If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
 Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
 overruled when the syntax file is loaded.

+To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
+highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
+another color scheme, put a command like this in the
+"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
+    highlight! default link cComment Question
+
 ==============================================================================
 15. Cleaning up						*:syn-clear* *E391*

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 06
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -195,8 +195,8 @@ gt					*i_CTRL-<PageDown>* *i_<C-PageDown>*
 		    :+2tabnext	" go to the two next tab page
 		    :1tabnext	" go to the first tab page
 		    :$tabnext	" go to the last tab page
-		    :tabnext #  " go to the last accessed tab page
 		    :tabnext $	" as above
+		    :tabnext #  " go to the last accessed tab page
 		    :tabnext -	" go to the previous tab page
 		    :tabnext -1	" as above
 		    :tabnext +	" go to the next tab page
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ gT		Go to the previous tab page.  Wraps around from the first one
 							*:tabl* *:tablast*
 :tabl[ast]	Go to the last tab page.

-					    *g<Tab>* *CTRL-W_g<Tab>* *<C-Tab>*
+					*g<Tab>* *CTRL-W_g<Tab>* *<C-Tab>*
 g<Tab>		Go to the last accessed tab page.

 Other commands:
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ REORDERING TAB PAGES:
 		    :tabmove	" move the tab page to the last
 		    :$tabmove	" as above
 		    :tabmove $	" as above
-		    :tabmove #  " move the tab page after the last accessed
+		    :tabmove #	" move the tab page after the last accessed
 				" tab page

 :tabm[ove] +[N]
@@ -1998,6 +1998,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :<cWORD>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cWORD>*
 :<cexpr>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cexpr>*
 :<cfile>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cfile>*
+:<client>	cmdline.txt	/*:<client>*
 :<cword>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cword>*
 :<sfile>	cmdline.txt	/*:<sfile>*
 :<sflnum>	cmdline.txt	/*:<sflnum>*
@@ -2147,6 +2148,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :bad	windows.txt	/*:bad*
 :badd	windows.txt	/*:badd*
 :ball	windows.txt	/*:ball*
+:balt	windows.txt	/*:balt*
 :bar	cmdline.txt	/*:bar*
 :bd	windows.txt	/*:bd*
 :bdel	windows.txt	/*:bdel*
@@ -2469,6 +2471,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :filter	various.txt	/*:filter*
 :fin	editing.txt	/*:fin*
 :fina	eval.txt	/*:fina*
+:final	vim9.txt	/*:final*
 :finally	eval.txt	/*:finally*
 :find	editing.txt	/*:find*
 :fini	repeat.txt	/*:fini*
@@ -2749,6 +2752,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :map-<unique>	map.txt	/*:map-<unique>*
 :map-alt-keys	map.txt	/*:map-alt-keys*
 :map-arguments	map.txt	/*:map-arguments*
+:map-cmd	map.txt	/*:map-cmd*
 :map-commands	map.txt	/*:map-commands*
 :map-expression	map.txt	/*:map-expression*
 :map-local	map.txt	/*:map-local*
@@ -3187,6 +3191,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :sta	windows.txt	/*:sta*
 :stag	windows.txt	/*:stag*
 :star	repeat.txt	/*:star*
+:star-visual-range	cmdline.txt	/*:star-visual-range*
 :start	insert.txt	/*:start*
 :startgreplace	insert.txt	/*:startgreplace*
 :startinsert	insert.txt	/*:startinsert*
@@ -3396,6 +3401,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :up	editing.txt	/*:up*
 :update	editing.txt	/*:update*
 :v	repeat.txt	/*:v*
+:var	vim9.txt	/*:var*
 :ve	various.txt	/*:ve*
 :ver	various.txt	/*:ver*
 :verb	various.txt	/*:verb*
@@ -3524,10 +3530,12 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <C-ScrollWheelLeft>	scroll.txt	/*<C-ScrollWheelLeft>*
 <C-ScrollWheelRight>	scroll.txt	/*<C-ScrollWheelRight>*
 <C-ScrollWheelUp>	scroll.txt	/*<C-ScrollWheelUp>*
+<C-Tab>	tabpage.txt	/*<C-Tab>*
 <CR>	motion.txt	/*<CR>*
 <CSI>	intro.txt	/*<CSI>*
 <Char->	map.txt	/*<Char->*
 <Char>	map.txt	/*<Char>*
+<Cmd>	map.txt	/*<Cmd>*
 <CursorHold>	autocmd.txt	/*<CursorHold>*
 <D-	intro.txt	/*<D-*
 <D-.>	gui_mac.txt	/*<D-.>*
@@ -3655,6 +3663,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <cexpr>	cmdline.txt	/*<cexpr>*
 <cfile>	cmdline.txt	/*<cfile>*
 <character>	intro.txt	/*<character>*
+<client>	cmdline.txt	/*<client>*
 <count>	map.txt	/*<count>*
 <cword>	cmdline.txt	/*<cword>*
 <f-args>	map.txt	/*<f-args>*
@@ -3684,6 +3693,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <mods>	map.txt	/*<mods>*
 <nomodeline>	autocmd.txt	/*<nomodeline>*
 <q-args>	map.txt	/*<q-args>*
+<q-mods>	map.txt	/*<q-mods>*
 <range>	map.txt	/*<range>*
 <reg>	map.txt	/*<reg>*
 <register>	map.txt	/*<register>*
@@ -3726,6 +3736,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 >where	repeat.txt	/*>where*
 ?	pattern.txt	/*?*
 ?<CR>	pattern.txt	/*?<CR>*
+??	eval.txt	/*??*
@	repeat.txt	/*@*
@/	change.txt	/*@\/*
@:	repeat.txt	/*@:*
@@ -3863,6 +3874,7 @@ CTRL-W_bar	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_bar*
 CTRL-W_c	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_c*
 CTRL-W_d	tagsrch.txt	/*CTRL-W_d*
 CTRL-W_f	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_f*
+CTRL-W_g<Tab>	tabpage.txt	/*CTRL-W_g<Tab>*
 CTRL-W_gF	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_gF*
 CTRL-W_gT	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_gT*
 CTRL-W_g]	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_g]*
@@ -3946,6 +3958,8 @@ E10	message.txt	/*E10*
 E100	diff.txt	/*E100*
 E101	diff.txt	/*E101*
 E102	diff.txt	/*E102*
+E1023	vim9.txt	/*E1023*
+E1024	vim9.txt	/*E1024*
 E103	diff.txt	/*E103*
 E104	digraph.txt	/*E104*
 E1042	vim9.txt	/*E1042*
@@ -3958,9 +3972,17 @@ E1092	vim9.txt	/*E1092*
 E1094	vim9.txt	/*E1094*
 E11	cmdline.txt	/*E11*
 E110	eval.txt	/*E110*
+E1109	eval.txt	/*E1109*
 E111	eval.txt	/*E111*
+E1110	eval.txt	/*E1110*
+E1111	eval.txt	/*E1111*
+E1112	eval.txt	/*E1112*
+E1113	eval.txt	/*E1113*
 E112	eval.txt	/*E112*
 E113	eval.txt	/*E113*
+E1135	map.txt	/*E1135*
+E1136	map.txt	/*E1136*
+E1137	map.txt	/*E1137*
 E114	eval.txt	/*E114*
 E115	eval.txt	/*E115*
 E116	eval.txt	/*E116*
@@ -4116,7 +4138,6 @@ E252	options.txt	/*E252*
 E253	mbyte.txt	/*E253*
 E254	message.txt	/*E254*
 E255	sign.txt	/*E255*
-E256	message.txt	/*E256*
 E257	if_cscop.txt	/*E257*
 E258	remote.txt	/*E258*
 E259	if_cscop.txt	/*E259*
@@ -4417,7 +4438,6 @@ E538	options.txt	/*E538*
 E539	options.txt	/*E539*
 E54	pattern.txt	/*E54*
 E540	options.txt	/*E540*
-E541	options.txt	/*E541*
 E542	options.txt	/*E542*
 E543	options.txt	/*E543*
 E544	options.txt	/*E544*
@@ -4489,6 +4509,7 @@ E607	eval.txt	/*E607*
 E608	eval.txt	/*E608*
 E609	if_cscop.txt	/*E609*
 E61	pattern.txt	/*E61*
+E610	editing.txt	/*E610*
 E612	sign.txt	/*E612*
 E613	print.txt	/*E613*
 E614	editing.txt	/*E614*
@@ -4970,6 +4991,7 @@ InsertChange	autocmd.txt	/*InsertChange*
 InsertCharPre	autocmd.txt	/*InsertCharPre*
 InsertEnter	autocmd.txt	/*InsertEnter*
 InsertLeave	autocmd.txt	/*InsertLeave*
+InsertLeavePre	autocmd.txt	/*InsertLeavePre*
 Integer	eval.txt	/*Integer*
 J	change.txt	/*J*
 Japanese	mbyte.txt	/*Japanese*
@@ -4996,6 +5018,7 @@ MMDisableLaunchAnimation	gui_mac.txt	/*MMDisableLaunchAnimation*
 MMFullScreenFadeTime	gui_mac.txt	/*MMFullScreenFadeTime*
 MMLoginShellArgument	gui_mac.txt	/*MMLoginShellArgument*
 MMLoginShellCommand	gui_mac.txt	/*MMLoginShellCommand*
+MMNativeFullScreen	gui_mac.txt	/*MMNativeFullScreen*
 MMNoFontSubstitution	gui_mac.txt	/*MMNoFontSubstitution*
 MMNoTitleBarWindow	gui_mac.txt	/*MMNoTitleBarWindow*
 MMShareFindPboard	gui_mac.txt	/*MMShareFindPboard*
@@ -5802,6 +5825,7 @@ char2nr()	eval.txt	/*char2nr()*
 characterwise	motion.txt	/*characterwise*
 characterwise-register	change.txt	/*characterwise-register*
 characterwise-visual	visual.txt	/*characterwise-visual*
+charclass()	eval.txt	/*charclass()*
 charconvert_from-variable	eval.txt	/*charconvert_from-variable*
 charconvert_to-variable	eval.txt	/*charconvert_to-variable*
 charity	uganda.txt	/*charity*
@@ -6317,6 +6341,7 @@ exepath()	eval.txt	/*exepath()*
 exim	starting.txt	/*exim*
 exists()	eval.txt	/*exists()*
 exiting	starting.txt	/*exiting*
+exiting-variable	eval.txt	/*exiting-variable*
 exp()	eval.txt	/*exp()*
 expand()	eval.txt	/*expand()*
 expand-env	options.txt	/*expand-env*
@@ -6398,7 +6423,10 @@ extension-removal	cmdline.txt	/*extension-removal*
 extensions-improvements	todo.txt	/*extensions-improvements*
 external-editor	gui_mac.txt	/*external-editor*
 f	motion.txt	/*f*
+false	vim9.txt	/*false*
 false-variable	eval.txt	/*false-variable*
+falsy	eval.txt	/*falsy*
+falsy-operator	eval.txt	/*falsy-operator*
 faq	intro.txt	/*faq*
 farsi	farsi.txt	/*farsi*
 farsi.txt	farsi.txt	/*farsi.txt*
@@ -6532,6 +6560,7 @@ ft-asm68k-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-asm68k-syntax*
 ft-asmh8300-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-asmh8300-syntax*
 ft-aspperl-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-aspperl-syntax*
 ft-aspvbs-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-aspvbs-syntax*
+ft-awk-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-awk-plugin*
 ft-bash-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-bash-syntax*
 ft-basic-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-basic-syntax*
 ft-c-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-c-omni*
@@ -6614,7 +6643,7 @@ ft-php-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-php-syntax*
 ft-php3-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-php3-syntax*
 ft-phtml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-phtml-syntax*
 ft-plaintex-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-plaintex-syntax*
-ft-posix-synax	syntax.txt	/*ft-posix-synax*
+ft-posix-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-posix-syntax*
 ft-postscr-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-postscr-syntax*
 ft-ppwiz-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ppwiz-syntax*
 ft-printcap-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-printcap-syntax*
@@ -6790,6 +6819,7 @@ g:html_use_encoding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_encoding*
 g:html_use_input_for_pc	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_input_for_pc*
 g:html_use_xhtml	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_xhtml*
 g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
+g:macvim_default_touchbar_characterpicker	gui_mac.txt	/*g:macvim_default_touchbar_characterpicker*
 g:macvim_default_touchbar_fullscreen	gui_mac.txt	/*g:macvim_default_touchbar_fullscreen*
 g:netrw_altfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altfile*
 g:netrw_alto	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_alto*
@@ -6922,6 +6952,7 @@ g:tex_fast	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_fast*
 g:tex_flavor	filetype.txt	/*g:tex_flavor*
 g:tex_fold_enabled	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_fold_enabled*
 g:tex_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_isk*
+g:tex_matchcheck	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_matchcheck*
 g:tex_no_error	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_no_error*
 g:tex_nospell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_nospell*
 g:tex_stylish	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_stylish*
@@ -6950,6 +6981,7 @@ g<End>	motion.txt	/*g<End>*
 g<Home>	motion.txt	/*g<Home>*
 g<LeftMouse>	tagsrch.txt	/*g<LeftMouse>*
 g<RightMouse>	tagsrch.txt	/*g<RightMouse>*
+g<Tab>	tabpage.txt	/*g<Tab>*
 g<Up>	motion.txt	/*g<Up>*
 g?	change.txt	/*g?*
 g??	change.txt	/*g??*
@@ -7033,6 +7065,7 @@ gettabinfo()	eval.txt	/*gettabinfo()*
 gettabvar()	eval.txt	/*gettabvar()*
 gettabwinvar()	eval.txt	/*gettabwinvar()*
 gettagstack()	eval.txt	/*gettagstack()*
+gettext()	eval.txt	/*gettext()*
 getwininfo()	eval.txt	/*getwininfo()*
 getwinpos()	eval.txt	/*getwinpos()*
 getwinposx()	eval.txt	/*getwinposx()*
@@ -7758,27 +7791,32 @@ mac-vimfile	os_mac.txt	/*mac-vimfile*
 macintosh	os_mac.txt	/*macintosh*
 macro	map.txt	/*macro*
 macvim	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim*
+macvim-PATH	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-PATH*
 macvim-appearance	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-appearance*
 macvim-appearance-mode	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-appearance-mode*
 macvim-autocommands	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-autocommands*
 macvim-backspace	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-backspace*
 macvim-clientserver	remote.txt	/*macvim-clientserver*
+macvim-cmdline	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-cmdline*
 macvim-colors	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-colors*
 macvim-colorscheme	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-colorscheme*
 macvim-commands	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-commands*
 macvim-dark-mode	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-dark-mode*
-macvim-default-menu	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-default-menu*
+macvim-default-menus	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-default-menus*
 macvim-delete	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-delete*
 macvim-dialogs	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-dialogs*
 macvim-differences	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-differences*
 macvim-drag-n-drop	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-drag-n-drop*
 macvim-encoding	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-encoding*
 macvim-find	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-find*
+macvim-full-screen	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-full-screen*
 macvim-gestures	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-gestures*
+macvim-help-menu	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-help-menu*
 macvim-hints	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-hints*
 macvim-international	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-international*
 macvim-login-shell	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-login-shell*
 macvim-menus	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-menus*
+macvim-multilang	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-multilang*
 macvim-options	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-options*
 macvim-preferences	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-preferences*
 macvim-prefs	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-prefs*
@@ -7790,8 +7828,13 @@ macvim-tablabel	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-tablabel*
 macvim-todo	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-todo*
 macvim-toolbar	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-toolbar*
 macvim-touchbar	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-touchbar*
+macvim-touchbar-characterpicker	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-touchbar-characterpicker*
 macvim-touchbar-defaults	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-touchbar-defaults*
+macvim-touchbar-emoji	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-touchbar-emoji*
 macvim-touchbar-fullscreen	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-touchbar-fullscreen*
+macvim-touchbar-icon	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-touchbar-icon*
+macvim-touchbar-separator	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-touchbar-separator*
+macvim-touchbar-title	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-touchbar-title*
 macvim-url-handler	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-url-handler*
 macvim-user-defaults	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-user-defaults*
 macvim-window-title	gui_mac.txt	/*macvim-window-title*
@@ -7851,6 +7894,7 @@ mapmode-s	map.txt	/*mapmode-s*
 mapmode-t	map.txt	/*mapmode-t*
 mapmode-v	map.txt	/*mapmode-v*
 mapmode-x	map.txt	/*mapmode-x*
+mapnew()	eval.txt	/*mapnew()*
 mapping	map.txt	/*mapping*
 mapping-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mapping-functions*
 mapset()	eval.txt	/*mapset()*
@@ -7867,6 +7911,8 @@ matchaddpos()	eval.txt	/*matchaddpos()*
 matcharg()	eval.txt	/*matcharg()*
 matchdelete()	eval.txt	/*matchdelete()*
 matchend()	eval.txt	/*matchend()*
+matchfuzzy()	eval.txt	/*matchfuzzy()*
+matchfuzzypos()	eval.txt	/*matchfuzzypos()*
 matchit-install	usr_05.txt	/*matchit-install*
 matchlist()	eval.txt	/*matchlist()*
 matchparen	pi_paren.txt	/*matchparen*
@@ -8047,7 +8093,6 @@ netrw-browser-options	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-options*
 netrw-browser-settings	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-settings*
 netrw-browser-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-var*
 netrw-browsing	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browsing*
-netrw-c	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c*
 netrw-c-tab	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c-tab*
 netrw-cB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cB*
 netrw-cadaver	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cadaver*
@@ -8282,6 +8327,7 @@ new-more-highlighting	version7.txt	/*new-more-highlighting*
 new-more-unicode	version7.txt	/*new-more-unicode*
 new-multi-byte	version5.txt	/*new-multi-byte*
 new-multi-lang	version6.txt	/*new-multi-lang*
+new-multibyte	version5.txt	/*new-multibyte*
 new-netrw-explore	version7.txt	/*new-netrw-explore*
 new-network-files	version6.txt	/*new-network-files*
 new-omni-completion	version7.txt	/*new-omni-completion*
@@ -8295,7 +8341,7 @@ new-persistent-undo	version7.txt	/*new-persistent-undo*
 new-plugins	version6.txt	/*new-plugins*
 new-popup-window	version8.txt	/*new-popup-window*
 new-posix	version7.txt	/*new-posix*
-new-print-multi-byte	version7.txt	/*new-print-multi-byte*
+new-print-multibyte	version7.txt	/*new-print-multibyte*
 new-printing	version6.txt	/*new-printing*
 new-python3	version7.txt	/*new-python3*
 new-regexp-engine	version7.txt	/*new-regexp-engine*
@@ -8433,12 +8479,14 @@ pascal.vim	syntax.txt	/*pascal.vim*
 patches-8	version8.txt	/*patches-8*
 patches-8.1	version8.txt	/*patches-8.1*
 patches-8.2	version8.txt	/*patches-8.2*
+patches-after-8.2	version8.txt	/*patches-after-8.2*
 pathshorten()	eval.txt	/*pathshorten()*
 pattern	pattern.txt	/*pattern*
 pattern-atoms	pattern.txt	/*pattern-atoms*
 pattern-delimiter	change.txt	/*pattern-delimiter*
 pattern-multi-byte	pattern.txt	/*pattern-multi-byte*
 pattern-multi-items	pattern.txt	/*pattern-multi-items*
+pattern-multibyte	pattern.txt	/*pattern-multibyte*
 pattern-overview	pattern.txt	/*pattern-overview*
 pattern-searches	pattern.txt	/*pattern-searches*
 pattern.txt	pattern.txt	/*pattern.txt*
@@ -8509,6 +8557,7 @@ popup-callback	popup.txt	/*popup-callback*
 popup-close	popup.txt	/*popup-close*
 popup-examples	popup.txt	/*popup-examples*
 popup-filter	popup.txt	/*popup-filter*
+popup-filter-errors	popup.txt	/*popup-filter-errors*
 popup-filter-mode	popup.txt	/*popup-filter-mode*
 popup-function-details	popup.txt	/*popup-function-details*
 popup-functions	popup.txt	/*popup-functions*
@@ -8602,6 +8651,7 @@ progname-variable	eval.txt	/*progname-variable*
 progpath-variable	eval.txt	/*progpath-variable*
 progress.vim	syntax.txt	/*progress.vim*
 prompt-buffer	channel.txt	/*prompt-buffer*
+prompt_getprompt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_getprompt()*
 prompt_setcallback()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setcallback()*
 prompt_setinterrupt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setinterrupt()*
 prompt_setprompt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setprompt()*
@@ -8950,6 +9000,7 @@ set-option	options.txt	/*set-option*
 set-spc-auto	spell.txt	/*set-spc-auto*
 setbufline()	eval.txt	/*setbufline()*
 setbufvar()	eval.txt	/*setbufvar()*
+setcellwidths()	eval.txt	/*setcellwidths()*
 setcharsearch()	eval.txt	/*setcharsearch()*
 setcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*setcmdpos()*
 setenv()	eval.txt	/*setenv()*
@@ -9270,8 +9321,10 @@ synstack()	eval.txt	/*synstack()*
 syntax	syntax.txt	/*syntax*
 syntax-functions	usr_41.txt	/*syntax-functions*
 syntax-highlighting	syntax.txt	/*syntax-highlighting*
+syntax-latex	syntax.txt	/*syntax-latex*
 syntax-loading	syntax.txt	/*syntax-loading*
 syntax-printing	usr_06.txt	/*syntax-printing*
+syntax-tex	syntax.txt	/*syntax-tex*
 syntax.txt	syntax.txt	/*syntax.txt*
 syntax_cmd	syntax.txt	/*syntax_cmd*
 sys-file-list	help.txt	/*sys-file-list*
@@ -9706,6 +9759,7 @@ tex-cole	syntax.txt	/*tex-cole*
 tex-conceal	syntax.txt	/*tex-conceal*
 tex-error	syntax.txt	/*tex-error*
 tex-folding	syntax.txt	/*tex-folding*
+tex-matchcheck	syntax.txt	/*tex-matchcheck*
 tex-math	syntax.txt	/*tex-math*
 tex-morecommands	syntax.txt	/*tex-morecommands*
 tex-nospell	syntax.txt	/*tex-nospell*
@@ -9759,9 +9813,12 @@ tooltips	gui.txt	/*tooltips*
 toupper()	eval.txt	/*toupper()*
 tr()	eval.txt	/*tr()*
 trim()	eval.txt	/*trim()*
+trinary	eval.txt	/*trinary*
 trojan-horse	starting.txt	/*trojan-horse*
+true	vim9.txt	/*true*
 true-variable	eval.txt	/*true-variable*
 trunc()	eval.txt	/*trunc()*
+truthy	eval.txt	/*truthy*
 try-conditionals	eval.txt	/*try-conditionals*
 try-echoerr	eval.txt	/*try-echoerr*
 try-finally	eval.txt	/*try-finally*
@@ -9771,6 +9828,8 @@ tutor	usr_01.txt	/*tutor*
 twice	if_cscop.txt	/*twice*
 two-engines	pattern.txt	/*two-engines*
 type()	eval.txt	/*type()*
+type-casting	vim9.txt	/*type-casting*
+type-checking	vim9.txt	/*type-checking*
 type-inference	vim9.txt	/*type-inference*
 type-mistakes	tips.txt	/*type-mistakes*
 typecorr-settings	usr_41.txt	/*typecorr-settings*
@@ -9878,6 +9937,7 @@ v:errmsg	eval.txt	/*v:errmsg*
 v:errors	eval.txt	/*v:errors*
 v:event	eval.txt	/*v:event*
 v:exception	eval.txt	/*v:exception*
+v:exiting	eval.txt	/*v:exiting*
 v:false	eval.txt	/*v:false*
 v:fcs_choice	eval.txt	/*v:fcs_choice*
 v:fcs_reason	eval.txt	/*v:fcs_reason*
@@ -10068,6 +10128,7 @@ valgrind	debug.txt	/*valgrind*
 values()	eval.txt	/*values()*
 var-functions	usr_41.txt	/*var-functions*
 variable-scope	eval.txt	/*variable-scope*
+variable-types	vim9.txt	/*variable-types*
 variables	eval.txt	/*variables*
 various	various.txt	/*various*
 various-cmds	various.txt	/*various-cmds*
@@ -10141,10 +10202,13 @@ vim.vim	syntax.txt	/*vim.vim*
 vim7	version7.txt	/*vim7*
 vim8	version8.txt	/*vim8*
 vim9	vim9.txt	/*vim9*
+vim9-classes	vim9.txt	/*vim9-classes*
+vim9-const	vim9.txt	/*vim9-const*
 vim9-declaration	vim9.txt	/*vim9-declaration*
 vim9-declarations	usr_46.txt	/*vim9-declarations*
 vim9-differences	vim9.txt	/*vim9-differences*
 vim9-export	vim9.txt	/*vim9-export*
+vim9-final	vim9.txt	/*vim9-final*
 vim9-gotchas	vim9.txt	/*vim9-gotchas*
 vim9-import	vim9.txt	/*vim9-import*
 vim9-rationale	vim9.txt	/*vim9-rationale*
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 06
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 25


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -123,12 +123,14 @@ use |:tlmenu| instead of |:tmenu|.

 							*options-in-terminal*
 After opening the terminal window and setting 'buftype' to "terminal" the
-TerminalOpen autocommand event is triggered.  This makes it possible to set
-options specifically for the window and buffer.  Example: >
-   au TerminalOpen * if &buftype == 'terminal' | setlocal bufhidden=hide | endif
-The <abuf> is set to the terminal buffer, but if there is no window (hidden
-terminal) then setting options will happen in the wrong buffer, therefore the
-check for &buftype in the example.
+|TerminalWinOpen| autocommand event is triggered.  This makes it possible to set
+options specifically for the terminal window and buffer.  Example: >
+   au TerminalWinOpen * setlocal bufhidden=hide
+
+There is also the |TerminalOpen| event, but this may be triggered for a hidden
+terminal, and the current window and buffer may not be for the new terminal.
+You need to use <abuf>, which is set to the terminal buffer.  Example: >
+    au TerminalOpen * call setbufvar(+expand('<abuf>'), '&colorcolumn', 123)

 Mouse events (click and drag) are passed to the terminal.  Mouse move events
 are only passed when Vim itself is receiving them.  For a terminal that is
@@ -476,9 +478,11 @@ term_dumpdiff({filename}, {filename} [, {options}])
 		   "term_name"	     name to use for the buffer name, instead
 				     of the first file name.
 		   "term_rows"	     vertical size to use for the terminal,
-				     instead of using 'termwinsize'
+				     instead of using 'termwinsize', but
+				     respecting the minimal size
 		   "term_cols"	     horizontal size to use for the terminal,
-				     instead of using 'termwinsize'
+				     instead of using 'termwinsize', but
+				     respecting the minimal size
 		   "vertical"	     split the window vertically
 		   "curwin"	     use the current window, do not split the
 				     window; fails if the current buffer
@@ -501,6 +505,8 @@ term_dumpdiff({filename}, {filename} [, {options}])
 			a	different attribute
 			+	missing position in first file
 			-	missing position in second file
+			>	cursor position in first file, not in second
+			<	cursor position in second file, not in first

 		Using the "s" key the top and bottom parts are swapped.  This
 		makes it easy to spot a difference.
@@ -1409,16 +1415,18 @@ If you don't want this then disable it with: >

 Vim window width						*termdebug_wide*

-To change the width of the Vim window when debugging starts, and use a
-vertical split: >
-  let g:termdebug_wide = 163
-This will set &columns to 163 when `:Termdebug` is used.  The value is restored
-when quitting the debugger.
-If g:termdebug_wide is set and &columns is already larger than
-g:termdebug_wide then a vertical split will be used without changing &columns.
-Set it to 1 to get a vertical split without every changing &columns (useful
-for when the terminal can't be resized by Vim).
+To change the width of the Vim window when debugging starts and use a vertical
+split: >
+	let g:termdebug_wide = 163

+This will set 'columns' to 163 when `:Termdebug` is used.  The value is
+restored when quitting the debugger.
+
+If g:termdebug_wide is set and 'columns' is already a greater value, then a
+vertical split will be used without modifying 'columns'.
+
+Set g:termdebug_wide to 1 to use a vertical split without ever changing
+'columns'.  This is useful when the terminal can't be resized by Vim.


 vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 11
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,11 +20,17 @@ and for testing plugins.
 Vim can be tested after building it, usually with "make test".
 The tests are located in the directory "src/testdir".

+There are two types of tests added over time:
+	test20.in		oldest, only for tiny and small builds
+	test_something.vim	new style tests
+
 						*new-style-testing*
 New tests should be added as new style tests.  The test scripts are named
 test_<feature>.vim (replace <feature> with the feature under test). These use
 functions such as |assert_equal()| to keep the test commands and the expected
 result in one place.
+						*old-style-testing*
+These tests are used only for testing Vim without the |+eval| feature.

 Find more information in the file src/testdir/README.txt.

@@ -285,8 +291,9 @@ assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
 			catch
 			  call assert_exception('E492:')
 			endtry
-
-assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]])			*assert_fails()*
+<
+							*assert_fails()*
+assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])
 		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
 		NOT produce an error or when {error} is not found in the
 		error message.  Also see |assert-return|.
@@ -305,13 +312,25 @@ assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]])			*assert_fails()*
 		string for the first error: >
 			assert_fails('cmd', ['', 'E987:'])
 <
+		If {msg} is empty then it is not used.  Do this to get the
+		default message when passing the {lnum} argument.
+
+		When {lnum} is present and not negative, and the {error}
+		argument is present and matches, then this is compared with
+		the line number at which the error was reported. That can be
+		the line number in a function or in a script.
+
+		When {context} is present it is used as a pattern and matched
+		against the context (script name or function name) where
+		{lnum} is located in.
+
 		Note that beeping is not considered an error, and some failing
 		commands only beep.  Use |assert_beeps()| for those.

 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetCmd()->assert_fails('E99:')

-assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_false()*
+assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])			*assert_false()*
 		When {actual} is not false an error message is added to
 		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
 		Also see |assert-return|.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 05
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 14


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Manipulating text property types:
 prop_type_add({name}, {props})		define a new property type
 prop_type_change({name}, {props})	change an existing property type
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])	delete a property type
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])	get property type values
+prop_type_get({name} [, {props}])	get property type values
 prop_type_list([{props}])		get list of property types


@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_delete()

-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])			*prop_type_get()*
+prop_type_get({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
 		Returns the properties of property type {name}.  This is a
 		dictionary with the same fields as was given to
 		prop_type_add().
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 05
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 10


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,73 +38,69 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------

-Making everything work:
- Check that when sourcing a Vim9 script, only the global items can be used.
- Make string indexes character indexes instead of byte indexes. (#6574)
-    explain how to use byte index when needed. Use blob?
- :put with a "=" register argument doesn't work, need to find the expression
-  and compile it. (#6397)
- At the script level, keep script variables local to the block they are
-  declared in?  Need to remember what variables were declared and delete them
-  when leaving the block.
- Implement { } block at the script level.
- need to check type when a declaration specifies a type: #6507
-	let nr: number = 'asdf'
- Make sure that in vim9script a function call without namespace only finds
-  the script-local function, not a global one.
- Make map() give an error if the resulting type is wrong.
-  Add mapnew() to create a new List/Dict for the result, which can have a
-  different value type.
+Vim9 - Make everything work:
+- For an :autocmd and :command argument defined in Vim9 script, if a following
+  line starts with "|" append it.  It's like line continuation. (#6702)
+- The syntax of a range list[a:b] is ambiguous, is this one "a:b" variable or
+  a range from "a" to "b"?  To avoid confusion, require white space before
+  (and after) the colon?  #7409
 - Implement "export {one, two three}".
 - ISN_CHECKTYPE could use check_argtype()
- Slice of list: [1, 2, 3][1:2].
+- Using a script variable inside a :def function doesn't work if the variable
+  is inside a block, see Test_nested_function().  Should it work?
 - give error for variable name:
      let p = function('NoSuchFunc')
- Give runtime error if function argument is wrong.
-	def Increment(nr: number)
-	range(3)->Increment()
+- If a :def function is called with a function reference, compile it to get
+  the function type.
+	def Filter(x: string, Cond: func(string): bool)
+	Filter(x, { v -> v =~ '^b' })
 - Expand `=expr` in :next, :argedit, :argadd, :argdelete, :drop
 - Expand `=expr` in :vimgrep, :vimgrepadd, :lvimgrep, :lvimgrepadd
 - Expand `=expr` in :mkspell
- Test that a function defined inside a :def function is local to that
-  function, g: functions can be defined and script-local functions cannot be
-  defined.
+- Does this work already: can use func as reference:
+	def SomeFunc() ...
+	map(list, SomeFunc)
+- For builtin functions using tv_get_string*() use check_for_string() to be
+  more strict about the argument type.
 - Support passing v:none to use the default argument value. (#6504)
+- Make map() give an error if the resulting type of the first argument is
+  wrong.  Only works if the type is known?  Is this slow (need to go over all
+  items)?
+- Run the same tests in :def and Vim9 script, like in Test_expr7_not()
+- Check many more builtin function arguments at compile time.
 - make 0 == 'string' fail on the script level, like inside :def.
 - Check that when using a user function name without prefix, it does not find
  a global function.  Prefixing g: is required.
- Compile: for [key, value] in items(map)
- Assignment to dict doesn't work:
-      let ret: dict<string> = #{}
-      ret[i] = string(i)
- Appending to dict item doesn't work:
-    let d[i] ..= value
+- Need the equivalent of get_lval() and set_var_lval() to implement assignment
+  to nested list and dict members.
+    - Assignment to dict doesn't work:
+	  let ret: dict<string> = #{}
+	  ret[i] = string(i)
+    - Appending to dict item doesn't work:
+	let d[i] ..= value
+- Using ".." at script level doesn't convert arguments to a string.
 - Compile replacement of :s command: s/pat/\=expr/
 - Compile redir to local variable: var_redir_start().
 - Compile builtin functions that access local variables:
    islocked()
- possible memory leak in test_vim9_func through compile_nested_function.
- memory leaks in test_vim9_expr
- memory leaks in test_vim9_script
- memory leaks in test_vim9_cmd
 - When evaluating constants for script variables, some functions could work:
    has('asdf'), len('string')
 - Implement "as Name" in "import Item as Name from ..."
+- Implement using imported items at script level from "import * as X" in
+  eval_variable().  Should pass the ".xxx" that follows and return that.
 - Disallow unlet for local/script/imported vars
 - Make "++nr" work.
 - Make closures work:
  - Create closure in a loop.  Need to make a list of them.
+  - nested closure only uses one context, not all (#7150)
 - expandcmd() with `=expr` in filename uses legacy expression.
 - eval_expr() in ex_cexpr()
 - eval_expr() call in dbg_parsearg() and debuggy_find()
- has() is compiled as a constant, but some checks are dynamic.
-  Check for dynamic values, such as "gui_running".
- Implement command modifiers, such as "silent". (#6530)
-New syntax and functionality:
 Improve error checking:
 - "echo Func()" is an error if Func() does not return anything.
-Test:
- Using a Vim9 autoload script (functions must be global).
+Before launch:
+- Add all the error numbers in a good place in documentation.
+- In the generic eval docs, point out the Vim9 syntax where it differs.
 Also:
 - For range: make table of first ASCII character with flag to quickly check if
  it can be a Vim9 command. E.g. "+" can, but "." can't.
@@ -113,26 +109,24 @@ Also:
 - Make Foo.Bar() work to call the dict function. (#5676)
 - Error in any command in "vim9script" aborts sourcing.
 - Find a way to test expressions in legacy and Vim9 script without duplication
- Fix memory leaks for test_vim9_disassemble, test_vim9_expr, test_vim9_script
 - Test each level of expressions properly, with type checking
 - Test try/catch and throw better, also nested.
  Test return inside try/finally jumps to finally and then returns.
- call autoload function.
- Implement more expressions, e.g. [a:b]
- can use func as reference:
-	def SomeFunc() ...
-	map(list, SomeFunc)
- Test: Function declared inside a :def function is local, disappears at the
-  end of the function.  Unless g: is used, just like with variables.
+- Test that a function defined inside a :def function is local to that
+  function, g: functions can be defined and script-local functions cannot be
+  defined.
 - implement :type
 - import type declaration?
- implement class
- implement interface
- predefined class: Promise<T>
+- Future work: See |vim9-classes|
 - implement enum
 - Make accessing varargs faster: arg[expr]
 	EVAL expr
-	LOADVARARG (varags idx)
+	LOADVARARG (varargs idx)
+- Make debugging work - at least per function.  Need to recompile a function
+  to step through it line-by-line?  Evaluate the stack and variables on the
+  stack?
+- Make profiling work - Add ISN_PROFILE instructions after every line?
+- List commands when 'verbose' is set or :verbose is used.
 Further improvements:
 - compile options that are an expression, e.g. "expr:" in 'spellsuggest',
  'foldexpr', 'foldtext', 'printexpr', 'diffexpr', 'patchexpr', 'charconvert',
@@ -147,7 +141,11 @@ Further improvements:
 - compile "expr" and "call" expression of a channel in channel_exe_cmd()?

 Popup windows:
- Cursor not updated before a redraw, making it jump. (#5943)
+- Add a flag to make a popup window focusable?
+    CTRL-W P cycle over any preview window or focusable popup, end up back in
+	     current window.
+    ? - switch between current window and all popup windows
+    Esc in popup window goes back to previous current window
 - Add a termcap entry for changing the cursor when it goes under the popup and
  back.  like t_SI and t_EI  (t_SU and t_EU, where "U" means under?)
 - With terminal in popup, allow for popup_hide() to temporarily hide it.?
@@ -155,6 +153,8 @@ Popup windows:
  positioned?  PopupNew?  Could be used to set some options or move it out of
  the way. (#5737)
  However, it may also cause trouble, changing the popup of another plugin.
+- Width is not computed correctly when minwidth and maxwidth are &columns
+  and padding and a scrollbar are used.  (#6676)
 - Add a way to use popup_menu() synchronously: instead of invoking the
  callback, return the choice. (Ben Jackson, #6534)
 - Use popup (or popup menu) for command line completion
@@ -173,10 +173,10 @@ Text properties:
 - :goto does not go to the right place when text properties are present.
  (#5930)
 - "cc" does not call inserted_bytes(). (Axel Forsman, #5763)
- Get E685 with a sequence of commands. (#5674)
 - Combining text property with 'cursorline' does not always work (Billie
  Cleek, #5533)
- Text properties spanning more than one line.  #5683
+- Should we let the textprop highlight overrule other (e.g. diff) highlight if
+  the priority is above a certain value?  (#7392)
 - See remarks at top of src/textprop.c

 'incsearch' with :s:
@@ -253,23 +253,43 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
  conversions.

-Error numbers available:
-E610, E611, E653
+Error numbers available: E653

-Clean up empty entries in testdir/Make_all.mak
+Mapping with partial match not executed properly in GTK. (Ingo Karkat, #7082)
+
+Patch for Template string: #4634
+Have another look at the implementation.
+
+Patch to implement the vimtutor with a plugin: #6414
+Was originally written by Felipe Morales.

 Remove SPACE_IN_FILENAME ? It is only used for completion.

-Patch to use collaction based sorting. (Christian Brabandt, #6229)
+Making breakat support multibyte characters (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #6598)
+Scroll doesn't work correctly, why?

 Add 'termguiattr' option, use "gui=" attributes in the terminal?  Would work
 with 'termguicolors'. #1740

+Patch for blockwise paste reporting changes: #6660.
+
+Missing filetype test for bashrc, PKGBUILD, etc.
+
+Add an option to not fetch terminal codes in xterm, to avoid flicker when t_Co
+changes.
+
+Add an option to start_timer() to return from the input loop with K_IGNORE.
+This is useful e.g. when a popup was created that disables mappings, we need
+to return from vgetc() to make this happen.  #7011
+
+Expanding <mods> should put the tab number from cmdmod.tab before "tab".
+Any way to convert "$" back by using a special value? (#6901)
+
 Can we detect true color support?  https://gist.github.com/XVilka/8346728
 Try setting a color then request the current color, like using t_u7.

 Check out PR #543 (Roland Puntaier).
-Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
+Patch for multibyte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
 Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
 - in vgetorpeek() apply langmap to the typeahead buffer and put the result in
@@ -290,15 +310,19 @@ autocommands for the buffer lifecycle:
    BufIsRenamed  (after buffer ID gets another name)
 The buffer list and windows are locked, no changes possible

-Make it possible to map (console and GUI):  #6457
-    <C-[>   0x27   or is this <Esc> ?
-    <C-\>   0x28
-    <C-]>   0x29
-    <C-^>   0x30
-    <C-_>   0x31
+Add a ModeChanged autocommand that has an argument indicating the old and new
+mode, as what's returned from mode().  Also used for switching Terminal mode.

-Patch for Template string: #4634
-Have another look at the implementation.
+Matchparen doesn't remove highlight after undo. (#7054)
+Is OK when syntax HL is active.
+
+Currently Del can be used to delete the last character of a typed count.
+Can it also be used to delete an incomplete Normal mode command? (#7096)
+After an operator: should work.  After "a" or "i" for text objects: should
+work.
+
+Using "au!" after "filetype on" is a bit slow.  Can the matching of
+autocommands be made faster?  (#7056)

 Add the <=> (spaceship) operator and "cond ?< expr ?= expr ?> expr"
    replace this:
@@ -309,6 +333,10 @@ Add the <=> (spaceship) operator and "cond ?< expr ?= expr ?> expr"
 	let res = GetLeftFunc() <=> GetRightFunc() ?< lower ?= equal ?> upper
 Patch to make :q work with local arglist. (Christian Brabandt, #6286)

+Why does Test_invalid_sid() not work in the GUI?
+
+":pedit" ignores the local working directory when 'pvp' is set (#7267)
+
 Lua: updating wrong buffer when using newly created, unloaded buffer.
 (#6539)

@@ -359,13 +387,13 @@ When 'fileignorecase' is set ":e testfile.c" works to edit TestFile.c, but
 ":find testfile.c" does not ignore case.
 Might be related to #6088.

+Error for reverse range when using :vimgrep in file "[id-01] file.txt".
+(#6919)
+
 When changing the crypt key the buffer should be considered modified.
 Like when changing 'fileformat'.  Save the old key in save_file_ff().
 (Ninu-Ciprian Marginean)

-Patch to implement the vimtutor with a plugin: #6414
-Was originally writtten by Felipe Morales.
-
 Strange sequence of BufWipeout and BufNew events while doing omni-complete.
 (Paul Jolly, #5656)
 Get BufDelete without preceding BufNew. (Paul Jolly, #5694)
@@ -378,9 +406,6 @@ Another spurious BufDelete. (Dani Dickstein, #5701)

 Wrong error when using local arglist. (Harm te Hennepe, #6133)

-Request to support <Cmd> in mappings, similar to how Neovim does this.
-(Daniel Hahler, #4784)
-
 Test loose_clipboard() by selecting text before suspending.

 Undo puts cursor in wrong line after "cG<Esc>" undo.
@@ -388,6 +413,7 @@ Undo puts cursor in wrong line after "cG<Esc>" undo.
 Implement completion for "breakadd".  Should expand the second argument, e.g.
 "func", and then function names after ":breakadd func".  Including
 script-local functions.
+Also for ":profile".

 :unmap <c-n> gives error but does remove the mapping. (Antony Scriven, 2019
 Dec 19)
@@ -399,7 +425,6 @@ Patch to fix session file when using multiple tab pages. (Jason Franklin, 2019
 May 20)
 Also put :argadd commands at the start for all buffers, so that their order
 remains equal?  Then %argdel to clean it up.  Do try this with 'hidden' set.
-Also #4994: window-local options not always restored, related to using :badd.
 Also #5326: netrw buffers are not restored.

 When 'backupdir' has a path ending in double slash (meaning: use full path of
@@ -413,6 +438,7 @@ Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.

 Undo history wrong when ":next file" re-uses a buffer. (#5426)
 ex_next() should pass flag to do_argfile(), then to do_ecmd().
+Is there a test for this?

 Help for ":argadd fname" says that if "fname" is already in the argument list
 that entry is used.  But instead it's always added. (#6210)
@@ -474,7 +500,7 @@ Better: use the "z" prefix.  or ]t) and [t(.
 Modeless selection doesn't work in gvim. (#4783)
 Caused by patch 8.1.1534.

-Visual highlight not removed when 'dipslay' is "lastline" and line doesn't
+Visual highlight not removed when 'display' is "lastline" and line doesn't
 fit. (Kevin Lawler, #4457)

 Current position in the changelist should be local to the buffer. (#2173)
@@ -488,6 +514,7 @@ Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May
 13, #2910)  Can't reproduce?

 Display messed up with matchparen, wrapping and scrolling. (#5638)
+Screen update bug related to matchparen.  (Chris Heath, 2017 Mar 4, #1532)

 When getting a focus event halfway a mapping this aborts the mapping.  E.g.
 when "qq" is mapped and after the first "q" the mouse is moved outside of the
@@ -534,10 +561,6 @@ Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
 Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
 Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3, #958).  Still needs more work.

-":2resize +10" uses size of the current window, adds 10 and applies it to
-window 2.  User expects 10 to be added to size of window 2. (Daniel Steinberg,
-#5443)
-
 Would be nice to set tab-local values for 'diffexpr' and 'diffopt'.  Use
 t:diffexpr_option t:diffopt_option? (#4782)

@@ -733,6 +756,7 @@ Make ":interactive !cmd" stop termcap mode, also when used in an autocommand.

 Add buffer argument to undotree(). (#4001)

+Memory leak in test_debugger
 Using uninitialized value in test_crypt (can't explain why).
 Memory leak in test_terminal_fail
 TODO: be able to run all parts of test_alot with valgrind separately
@@ -863,9 +887,6 @@ Try out background make plugin:
 or asyncmake:
  https://github.com/yegappan/asyncmake

-Add a ModeChanged autocommand that has an argument indicating the old and new
-mode, as what's returned from mode().  Also used for switching Terminal mode.
-
 Add an option with file patterns, to be used when unloading a buffer: If there
 is a match, remove entries for the buffer from marks, jumplist, etc.  To be
 used for git temp files.
@@ -1027,7 +1048,7 @@ neovim #7431)
 Patch for improving detecting Ruby on Mac in configure. (Ilya Mikhaltsou, 2017
 Nov 21)

-When t_Co is changed from termresponse, the OptionSet autocmmand event isn't
+When t_Co is changed from termresponse, the OptionSet autocommand event isn't
 triggered.  Use the code from the end of set_num_option() in
 set_color_count().

@@ -1209,18 +1230,14 @@ Suggestion to improve pt-br spell checking. (Marcelo D Montu, 2016 Dec 15,

 Error in test_startup_utf8 on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2016 Aug 17)

-Completion for :!cmd shows each match twice. #1435
-
 GTK: When adding a timer from 'balloonexpr' it won't fire, because
 g_main_context_iteration() doesn't return.  Need to trigger an event when the
 timer expires.

-Screen update bug related to matchparen.  (Chris Heath, 2017 Mar 4, #1532)
-
 Rule to use "^" for statusline does not work if a space is defined with
 highlighting for both stl and stlnc.  Patch by Ken Hamada (itchyny, 2016 Dec 11)

-8   "stl" and "stlnc" in 'fillchars' don't work for multi-byte characters.
+8   "stl" and "stlnc" in 'fillchars' don't work for multibyte characters.
    Patch by Christian Wellenbrock, 2013 Jul 5.

 Using CTRL-G_U in InsertCharPre causes trouble for redo. (Israel Chauca
@@ -1316,6 +1333,9 @@ no longer support.
 sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
 4#1038)

+sort() does not use 'smartcase' for the skip pattern, even though 'ignorecase'
+is used. (Filipe Brandenburger, #7322)
+
 +channel:
 - Add a in_cb, invoked when the write buffer has become empty. (Matteo Landi)
 - Add ch_readlines(): for a channel in NL mode, reads as many lines as are
@@ -1371,7 +1391,7 @@ Regexp problems:
 - Bug with pattern: '\vblock (\d+)\.\n.*\d+%(\1)@<!\.$'
  (Lech Lorens, 2014 Feb 3)
 - Issue 164: freeze on regexp search.
- Ignorecase not handled properly for multi-byte characters. (Axel Bender,
+- Ignorecase not handled properly for multibyte characters. (Axel Bender,
  2013 Dec 11)
 - Using \@> and \?. (Brett Stahlman, 2013 Dec 21) Remark from Marcin
  Szamotulski; Remark from Brett 2014 Jan 6 and 7.
@@ -1409,9 +1429,6 @@ Undo message is not always properly displayed.  Patch by Ken Takata, 2013 oct
 3.  Doesn't work properly according to Yukihiro Nakadaira.
 Also see #1635.

-When 'keywordprg' starts with ":" the argument is still escaped as a shell
-command argument. (Romain Lafourcade, 2016 Oct 16, #1175)
-
 Idea from Sven: record sequence of keys.  Useful to show others what they are
 doing (look over the shoulder), and also to see what happened.
 Probably list of keystrokes, with some annotations for mode changes.
@@ -1452,8 +1469,6 @@ Have a way to get the call stack, in a function and from an exception.
 Second problem in #966: ins_compl_add_tv() uses get_dict_string() multiple
 times, overwrites the one buffer. (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Aug 5)

-Filetype plugin for awk. (Doug Kearns, 2016 Sep 5)
-
 Patch to improve map documentation. Issue #799.

 We can use '. to go to the last change in the current buffer, but how about
@@ -1586,7 +1601,7 @@ Patch to add :mapgroup, put mappings in a group like augroup.
 Value returned by virtcol() changes depending on how lines wrap.  This is
 inconsistent with the documentation.

-Value of virtcol() for '[ and '] depend on multi-byte character.
+Value of virtcol() for '[ and '] depend on multibyte character.
 (Luchr, #277)

 Can we cache the syntax attributes, so that updates for 'relativenumber' and
@@ -1673,8 +1688,6 @@ Extended file attributes lost on write (backupcopy=no).  Issue 306.
 Patch to add :lockjumps. (Carlo Baldassi, 2015 May 25)
 OK to not block marks?

-Mixup of highlighting when there is a match and SpellBad. (ZyX, 2015 Jan 1)
-
 Patch on Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.

 When two SIGWINCH arrive very quickly, the second one may be lost.
@@ -1741,14 +1754,6 @@ arguments.

 Problem with transparent and matchgroup.  Issue #475

-Spell files use a latin single quote. Unicode also has another single quote:
-0x2019.  (Ron Aaron, 2014 Apr 4)
-New OpenOffice spell files support this with ICONV.  But they are not
-compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be downloaded.
-
-Spell checking: Add a feature to only consider two spaces after a dot to start
-a new sentence.  Don't give the capitalization error when there is one space.
-
 Idea: For a window in the middle (has window above and below it), use
 right-mouse-drag on the status line to move a window up/down without changing
 its height?  It's like dragging the status bar above it at the same time.
@@ -2118,7 +2123,7 @@ Also for another example (ZyX, 2011 Jan 24)

 Build problem with small features on Mac OS X 10.6. (Rainer, 2011 Jan 24)

-"0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multi-byte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)
+"0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multibyte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)

 Patch for :tabrecently. (Hirokazu Yoshida, 2012 Jan 30)

@@ -2276,7 +2281,7 @@ Additional info by Dominique Pelle. (also on 2010 Apr 10)

 CreateFile and CreateFileW are used without sharing, filewritable() fails when
 the file was already open (e.g. script is being sourced).  Add FILE_SHARE_READ|
-FILE_SHARE_WRITE in mch_access()? (Phillippe Vaucher, 2010 Nov 2)
+FILE_SHARE_WRITE in mch_access()? (Philippe Vaucher, 2010 Nov 2)

 Is ~/bin (literally) in $PATH supposed to work?  (Paul, 2010 March 29)
 Looks like only bash can do it. (Yakov Lerner)
@@ -2423,9 +2428,6 @@ Don't load macmap.vim on startup, turn it into a plugin. (Ron Aaron,

 Add "no_hlsearch" to winsaveview().

-Cursorline highlighting combines with Search ('hlsearch') but not with
-SpellBad. (Jim Karsten, 2009 Mar 18)
-
 When 'foldmethod' is "indent", adding an empty line below a fold and then
 indented text, creates a new fold instead of joining it with the previous one.
 (Evan Laforge, 2009 Oct 17)
@@ -2625,7 +2627,7 @@ work, the backslash is removed, assuming that it escapes the (. (Valery
 Kondakoff, 2009 May 13)

 Win32: Using "gvim --remote-tab-silent elŝuti.txt" doesn't work, the
-multi-byte character isn't passed and edits elsuti.txt.
+multibyte character isn't passed and edits elsuti.txt.
 (Raúl Núñez de Arenas Coronado, 2015 Dec 18)

 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull,
@@ -2863,9 +2865,6 @@ Jun 18)

 If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work.

-Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for
-windows. (Adam George)
-
 In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping through
 the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28)

@@ -2935,12 +2934,6 @@ the Visual area.  Can this be fixed? (James Vega, 2006 Sept 15)

 GUI: When combining fg en bg make sure they are not equal.

-Spell checking: Add a way to specify punctuation characters.  Add the
-superscript numbers by default: 0x2070, 0xb9, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0x2074 - 0x2079.
-
-Spell checking in popup menu: If the only problem is the case of the first
-character, don't offer "ignore" and "add to word list".
-
 Use different pt_br dictionary for spell checking. (Jackson A. Aquino, 2006
 Jun 5)

@@ -2954,10 +2947,6 @@ Jul 22)

 There should be something about spell checking in the user manual.

-Spell menu: When using the Popup menu to select a replacement word,
-":spellrepeat" doesn't work.  SpellReplace() uses setline().  Can it use "z="
-somehow?  Or use a new function.
-
 Mac: Using gvim: netrw window disappears. (Nick Lo, 2006 Jun 21)

 Add an option to specify the character to use when a double-width character is
@@ -3189,7 +3178,7 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 7   ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it" appears
    before "Quit".  Patch by Robert Webb, 2004 May 3.
 -   Include flipcase patch: ~/vim/patches/wall.flipcase2 ?  Make it work
-    for multi-byte characters.
+    for multibyte characters.
 -   Win32: add options to print dialog.  Patch from Vipin Aravind.
 -   Patch to add highlighting for whitespace. (Tom Schumm, 2003 Jul 5)
    use the patch that keeps using HLF_8 if HLF_WS has not
@@ -3241,6 +3230,29 @@ Better 'rightleft' or BIDI support:
 - Minimal Vi with bidi support: https://github.com/aligrudi/neatvi
  By Ali Gholami Rudi, also worked on arabic.c

+
+Spell checking:
+-   When 'cursorline' is set and the first word should have SpellCap
+    highlighting, redrawing the line removes it when moving the cursor away
+    from the line. (#7085)  Would need to inspect the end of the previous line
+    and update "capcol_lnum" and "cap_col".
+-   Mixup of highlighting when there is a match and SpellBad. (ZyX, 2015 Jan 1)
+-   Spell files use a latin single quote. Unicode also has another single
+    quote: 0x2019.  (Ron Aaron, 2014 Apr 4)
+    New OpenOffice spell files support this with ICONV.  But they are not
+    compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be
+    downloaded.
+-   Add a feature to only consider two spaces after a dot to start a new
+    sentence.  Don't give the capitalization error when there is one space.
+-   Add a way to specify punctuation characters.  Add the superscript numbers
+    by default: 0x2070, 0xb9, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0x2074 - 0x2079.
+-   In popup menu: If the only problem is the case of the first character,
+    don't offer "ignore" and "add to word list".
+-   Spell menu: When using the Popup menu to select a replacement word,
+    ":spellrepeat" doesn't work.  SpellReplace() uses setline().  Can it use
+    "z=" somehow?  Or use a new function.
+
+
 Quickfix/Location List:
 -   Window size is wrong when using quickfix window. (Lifepillar, 2018 Aug 24,
    #2999)
@@ -3685,8 +3697,8 @@ Macintosh:
 8   'hkmap' should probably be global-local.
 8   Using ":s" in a function changes the previous replacement string.  Save
    "old_sub" in save_search_patterns()?
-8   Should allow multi-byte characters for the delimiter: ":s+a+b+" where "+"
-    is a multi-byte character.
+8   Should allow multibyte characters for the delimiter: ":s+a+b+" where "+"
+    is a multibyte character.
 8   When appending to a file and 'patchmode' isn't empty, a backup file is
    always written, even when the original file already exists.
 9   When getting focus while writing a large file, could warn for this file
@@ -3809,10 +3821,6 @@ Macintosh:
    on the status line (caused by 'winheight').  Select window on button up,
    instead of on button down.
 8   Dragging the status line doesn't scroll but redraw.
-9   Evaluating 'statusline' in build_stl_str_hl() does not properly check for
-    reaching the end of the available buffer.
-    Patch to dynamically allocate the buffer for % items. (Eric Arnold, 2006
-    May 14)
 8   When performing incremental search, should abort searching as soon as a
    character is typed.
 8   When the value of $MAKE contains a path, configure can't handle this.
@@ -3841,7 +3849,7 @@ Macintosh:
    two lines at a time.  "k" doesn't do this. (Cory T. Echols)
 8   When write_viminfo() is used while there are many orphaned viminfo
    tempfiles writing the viminfo file fails.  Give a clear error message so
-    that the user knows he has to delete the files.
+    that the user knows the files have to be deleted.


 I can't reproduce these (if you can, let me know how!):
@@ -3989,7 +3997,7 @@ Documentation:
    - change to cursor position and curswant
    - if it can be undone (u/CTRL-R) and redone (.)
    - how it works for folded lines
-    - how it works with multi-byte characters
+    - how it works with multibyte characters
 9   In change.txt, remark about Javadoc isn't right.  Right alignment would
    work too.
 8   Spread the windows commands over the other files.  For example, ":stag"
@@ -4012,7 +4020,7 @@ Help:
 -   Support a way to view (and edit) .info files.
 -   Implement a "sticky" help window, some help text lines that are always
    displayed in a window with fixed height. (Guckes)  Use "~/.vimhelp" file,
-    user can edit it to insert his favorite commands, new account can contain a
+    user can edit it to insert favorite commands, new account can contain a
    default contents.
 -   Make 'winminheight' a local option, so that the user can set a minimal
    height for the help window (and other windows).
@@ -4225,8 +4233,8 @@ Multi-byte characters:
 8   Add configure option to be able to disable using the iconv library. (Udo
    Schweigert)
 9   'aleph' should be set to 1488 for Unicode. (Zvi Har'El)
-8   Should add test for using various commands with multi-byte characters.
-8   'infercase' doesn't work with multi-byte characters.
+8   Should add test for using various commands with multibyte characters.
+8   'infercase' doesn't work with multibyte characters.
 8   toupper() function doesn't handle byte count changes.
 7   Searching and composing characters:
    When searching, should order of composing characters be ignored?
@@ -4234,7 +4242,7 @@ Multi-byte characters:
    characters can be manipulated.
 8   Should implement 'delcombine' for command line editing.
 8   Detect overlong UTF-8 sequences and handle them like illegal bytes.
-8   ":s/x/\u\1/" doesn't work, making uppercase isn't done for multi-byte
+8   ":s/x/\u\1/" doesn't work, making uppercase isn't done for multibyte
    characters.
 8   UTF-8: "r" in Visual mode doesn't take composing characters.
 8   UTF-8: When there is a precomposed character in the font, use it instead
@@ -4258,14 +4266,14 @@ Multi-byte characters:
    convert_input() for Mac GUI.
 -   Add mnemonics from RFC1345 longer than two characters.
    Support CTRL-K _{mnemonic}_
-   Make 'breakat' accept multi-byte characters.  Problem: can't use a lookup
+-   Make 'breakat' accept multibyte characters.  Problem: can't use a lookup
    table anymore (breakat_flags[]).
    Simplistic solution: when 'formatoptions' contains "m" also break a line
-    at a multi-byte character >= 0x100.
+    at a multibyte character >= 0x100.
 -   Add the possibility to enter mappings which are used whenever normal text
    could be entered.  E.g., for "f" command.  But not in Normal mode.  Sort
    of opposite of 'langmap'.  Use ":amap" command?
-   When breaking a line, take properties of multi-byte characters into
+-   When breaking a line, take properties of multibyte characters into
    account.  The "linebreak" program from Bruno Haible can do it:
    ftp://ftp.ilog.fr/pub/Users/haible/gnu/linebreak-0.1.tar.gz
    But it's very complicated...
@@ -5330,11 +5338,11 @@ Text objects:
 8   Add test script for text object commands "aw", "iW", etc.
 8   Add text object for part of a CamelHumpedWord and under_scored_word.
    (Scott Graham)  "ac" and "au"?
-8   Add a text object for any kind of quoting, also with multi-byte
+8   Add a text object for any kind of quoting, also with multibyte
    characters.  Option to specify what quotes are recognized (default: all)
    use "aq" and "iq".  Use 'quotepairs' to define pairs of quotes, like
    'matchpairs'?
-8   Add text object for any kind of parens, also multi-byte ones.
+8   Add text object for any kind of parens, also multibyte ones.
 8   Add a way to make an ":omap" for a user-defined text object.  Requires
    changing the starting position in oap->start.
 8   Add "gp" and "gP" commands: insert text and make sure there is a single
@@ -5779,7 +5787,7 @@ Modelines:
    .cpp files.
 -   Support the "abbreviate" command in modelines (Kearns).  Careful for
    characters after <Esc>, that is a security leak.
-   Add option setting to ask user if he wants to have the modelines executed
+-   Add an option setting to ask the user if the modelines are to be executed
    or not.  Same for .exrc in local dir.


@@ -5909,7 +5917,7 @@ Writing files:
    losing the original when writing twice. (Slootman)
 7   On non-Unix machines, also overwrite the original file in some situations
    (file system full, it's a link on an NFS partition).
-7   When editing a file, check that it has been change outside of Vim more
+7   When editing a file, check that it has been changed outside of Vim more
    often, not only when writing over it.  E.g., at the time the swap file is
    flushed.  Or every ten seconds or so (use the time of day, check it before
    waiting for a character to be typed).
@@ -6110,7 +6118,7 @@ Various improvements:
    regexp which triggers auto-formatting (for one line).
    ":set autoformat=\\s$".
 -   Be able to redefine where a sentence stops.  Use a regexp pattern?
-   Support multi-byte characters for sentences.  Example from Ben Peterson.
+-   Support multibyte characters for sentences.  Example from Ben Peterson.
 7   Add command "g)" to go to the end of a sentence, "g(" to go back to the
    end of a sentence. (Servatius Brandt)
 -   Be able to redefine where a paragraph starts.  For "[[" where the '{' is
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 30


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ with the redo command.  If you make a new change after the undo command,
 the redo will not be possible anymore.

 'u' included, the Vi-compatible way:
-The undo command undoes the previous change, and also the previous undo command.
-The redo command repeats the previous undo command.  It does NOT repeat a
-change command, use "." for that.
+The undo command undoes the previous change, and also the previous undo
+command.  The redo command repeats the previous undo command.  It does NOT
+repeat a change command, use "." for that.

 Examples	Vim way			Vi-compatible way	~
 "uu"		two times undo		no-op
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ change again.  But you can do something like this: >

 	:undojoin | delete

-After this an "u" command will undo the delete command and the previous
+After this a "u" command will undo the delete command and the previous
 change.

 To do the opposite, break a change into two undo blocks, in Insert mode use
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ back the text of three deletes ago with '"3P'.
 						*redo-register*
 If you want to get back more than one part of deleted text, you can use a
 special feature of the repeat command ".".  It will increase the number of the
-register used.  So if you first do ""1P", the following "." will result in a
+register used.  So if you first do '"1P', the following "." will result in a
 '"2P'.  Repeating this will result in all numbered registers being inserted.

 Example:	If you deleted text with 'dd....' it can be restored with
@@ -118,6 +118,9 @@ On Unix, if Vim has been properly installed, you can start it from the shell:
 On MS-Windows you can find it in the Program/Vim menu.  Or execute
 vimtutor.bat in the $VIMRUNTIME directory.

+On MacVim, you can run `vimtutor` from the shell, or select "Vim Tutor" in the
+Help menu.
+
 This will make a copy of the tutor file, so that you can edit it without
 the risk of damaging the original.
   There are a few translated versions of the tutor.  To find out if yours is
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 29
+*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 03

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -30,10 +30,11 @@ Table of contents: |usr_toc.txt|

 To move the cursor forward one word, use the "w" command.  Like most Vim
 commands, you can use a numeric prefix to move past multiple words.  For
-example, "3w" moves three words.  This figure shows how it works:
+example, "3w" moves three words.  This figure shows how it works (starting at
+the position marked with "x"):

 	This is a line with example text ~
-	  --->-->->----------------->
+	  x-->-->->----------------->
 	   w  w  w    3w

 Notice that "w" moves to the start of the next word if it already is at the
@@ -41,15 +42,15 @@ start of a word.
   The "b" command moves backward to the start of the previous word:

 	This is a line with example text ~
-	<----<--<-<---------<---
+	<----<--<-<---------<--x
 	   b   b b    2b      b

 There is also the "e" command that moves to the next end of a word and "ge",
 which moves to the previous end of a word:

 	This is a line with example text ~
-	   <-   <--- ----->   ---->
-	   ge    ge     e       e
+	   <----<----x---->------------>
+	   2ge   ge     e       we

 If you are at the last word of a line, the "w" command will take you to the
 first word in the next line.  Thus you can use this to move through a
@@ -82,12 +83,12 @@ an <End> key it will do the same thing.

 The "^" command moves to the first non-blank character of the line.  The "0"
 command (zero) moves to the very first character of the line, and the <Home>
-key does the same thing.  In a picture:
+key does the same thing.  In a picture ("." indicates a space):

 		  ^
-	     <------------
+	     <-----------x
 	.....This is a line with example text ~
-	<-----------------   --------------->
+	<----------------x   x-------------->
 		0		   $

 (the "....." indicates blanks here)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 08
+*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 25

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ If you really don't want to see this message, you can add the 'A' flag to the
 'shortmess' option.  But it's very unusual that you need this.

 For remarks about encryption and the swap file, see |:recover-crypt|.
-For programatic access to the swap file, see |swapinfo()|.
+For programmatic access to the swap file, see |swapinfo()|.

 ==============================================================================
 *11.4*	Further reading
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_40.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 28
+*usr_40.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 02

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -453,15 +453,15 @@ matching BufWritePre autocommands and executes them, and then it
 performs the ":write".
   The general form of the :autocmd command is as follows: >

-	:autocmd [group] {events} {file-pattern} [nested] {command}
+	:autocmd [group] {events} {file-pattern} [++nested] {command}

 The [group] name is optional.  It is used in managing and calling the commands
 (more on this later).  The {events} parameter is a list of events (comma
 separated) that trigger the command.
   {file-pattern} is a filename, usually with wildcards.  For example, using
 "*.txt" makes the autocommand be used for all files whose name end in ".txt".
-The optional [nested] flag allows for nesting of autocommands (see below), and
-finally, {command} is the command to be executed.
+The optional [++nested] flag allows for nesting of autocommands (see below),
+and finally, {command} is the command to be executed.


 EVENTS
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ trigger any new events.  If you read a file in response to a FileChangedShell
 event, it will not trigger the autocommands that would set the syntax, for
 example.  To make the events triggered, add the "nested" argument: >

-	:autocmd FileChangedShell * nested  edit
+	:autocmd FileChangedShell * ++nested  edit


 EXECUTING AUTOCOMMANDS
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 13
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 09

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -327,9 +327,9 @@ Grouping is done with parentheses.  No surprises here.  Example: >
 	:echo (10 + 5) * 2
 <	30 ~

-Strings can be concatenated with ".".  Example: >
+Strings can be concatenated with ".." (see |expr6|).  Example: >

-	:echo "foo" . "bar"
+	:echo "foo" .. "bar"
 <	foobar ~

 When the ":echo" command gets multiple arguments, it separates them with a
@@ -496,9 +496,9 @@ So far the commands in the script were executed by Vim directly.  The
 very powerful way to build commands and execute them.
   An example is to jump to a tag, which is contained in a variable: >

-	:execute "tag " . tag_name
+	:execute "tag " .. tag_name

-The "." is used to concatenate the string "tag " with the value of variable
+The ".." is used to concatenate the string "tag " with the value of variable
 "tag_name".  Suppose "tag_name" has the value "get_cmd", then the command that
 will be executed is: >

@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ This jumps to the first line and formats all lines with the "=" operator.
   To make ":normal" work with an expression, combine ":execute" with it.
 Example: >

-	:execute "normal " . normal_commands
+	:execute "normal " .. normal_commands

 The variable "normal_commands" must contain the Normal mode commands.
   Make sure that the argument for ":normal" is a complete command.  Otherwise
@@ -531,12 +531,12 @@ If you don't want to execute a string but evaluate it to get its expression
 value, you can use the eval() function: >

 	:let optname = "path"
-	:let optval = eval('&' . optname)
+	:let optval = eval('&' .. optname)

 A "&" character is prepended to "path", thus the argument to eval() is
 "&path".  The result will then be the value of the 'path' option.
   The same thing can be done with: >
-	:exe 'let optval = &' . optname
+	:exe 'let optval = &' .. optname

 ==============================================================================
 *41.6*	Using functions
@@ -600,8 +600,11 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	strtrans()		translate a string to make it printable
 	tolower()		turn a string to lowercase
 	toupper()		turn a string to uppercase
+	charclass()		class of a character
 	match()			position where a pattern matches in a string
 	matchend()		position where a pattern match ends in a string
+	matchfuzzy()		fuzzy matches a string in a list of strings
+	matchfuzzypos()		fuzzy matches a string in a list of strings
 	matchstr()		match of a pattern in a string
 	matchstrpos()		match and positions of a pattern in a string
 	matchlist()		like matchstr() and also return submatches
@@ -611,6 +614,7 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	strchars()		length of a string in characters
 	strwidth()		size of string when displayed
 	strdisplaywidth()	size of string when displayed, deals with tabs
+	setcellwidths()		set character cell width overrides
 	substitute()		substitute a pattern match with a string
 	submatch()		get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
 	strpart()		get part of a string using byte index
@@ -626,6 +630,7 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	execute()		execute an Ex command and get the output
 	win_execute()		like execute() but in a specified window
 	trim()			trim characters from a string
+	gettext()		lookup message translation

 List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	get()			get an item without error for wrong index
@@ -639,6 +644,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	deepcopy()		make a full copy of a List
 	filter()		remove selected items from a List
 	map()			change each List item
+	mapnew()		make a new List with changed items
 	reduce()		reduce a List to a value
 	sort()			sort a List
 	reverse()		reverse the order of a List
@@ -664,6 +670,7 @@ Dictionary manipulation:				*dict-functions*
 	extend()		add entries from one Dictionary to another
 	filter()		remove selected entries from a Dictionary
 	map()			change each Dictionary entry
+	mapnew()		make a new Dictionary with changed items
 	keys()			get List of Dictionary keys
 	values()		get List of Dictionary values
 	items()			get List of Dictionary key-value pairs
@@ -1115,6 +1122,7 @@ Tags:						*tag-functions*
 	settagstack()		modify the tag stack of a window

 Prompt Buffer:					*promptbuffer-functions*
+	prompt_getprompt()	get the effective prompt text for a buffer
 	prompt_setcallback()	set prompt callback for a buffer
 	prompt_setinterrupt()	set interrupt callback for a buffer
 	prompt_setprompt()	set the prompt text for a buffer
@@ -1284,7 +1292,7 @@ Example: >
 	:    let n = n + len(split(getline(lnum)))
 	:    let lnum = lnum + 1
 	:  endwhile
-	:  echo "found " . n . " words"
+	:  echo "found " .. n .. " words"
 	:endfunction

 You can call this function with: >
@@ -1297,7 +1305,7 @@ It will be executed once and echo the number of words.
 range, with the cursor in that line.  Example: >

 	:function  Number()
-	:  echo "line " . line(".") . " contains: " . getline(".")
+	:  echo "line " .. line(".") .. " contains: " .. getline(".")
 	:endfunction

 If you call this function with: >
@@ -1321,11 +1329,11 @@ so on.  The variable "a:0" contains the number of extra arguments.

 	:function Show(start, ...)
 	:  echohl Title
-	:  echo "start is " . a:start
+	:  echo "start is " .. a:start
 	:  echohl None
 	:  let index = 1
 	:  while index <= a:0
-	:    echo "  Arg " . index . " is " . a:{index}
+	:    echo "  Arg " .. index .. " is " .. a:{index}
 	:    let index = index + 1
 	:  endwhile
 	:  echo ""
@@ -1733,10 +1741,10 @@ Another useful mechanism is the ":finally" command: >

 	:let tmp = tempname()
 	:try
-	:   exe ".,$write " . tmp
-	:   exe "!filter " . tmp
+	:   exe ".,$write " .. tmp
+	:   exe "!filter " .. tmp
 	:   .,$delete
-	:   exe "$read " . tmp
+	:   exe "$read " .. tmp
 	:finally
 	:   call delete(tmp)
 	:endtry
@@ -2044,9 +2052,9 @@ for this mapping, but the user might already use it for something else.  To
 allow the user to define which keys a mapping in a plugin uses, the <Leader>
 item can be used: >

- 22	  map <unique> <Leader>a  <Plug>TypecorrAdd
+ 22	  map <unique> <Leader>a  <Plug>TypecorrAdd;

-The "<Plug>TypecorrAdd" thing will do the work, more about that further on.
+The "<Plug>TypecorrAdd;" thing will do the work, more about that further on.

 The user can set the "mapleader" variable to the key sequence that he wants
 this mapping to start with.  Thus if the user has done: >
@@ -2062,15 +2070,15 @@ already happened to exist. |:map-<unique>|
 But what if the user wants to define his own key sequence?  We can allow that
 with this mechanism: >

- 21	if !hasmapto('<Plug>TypecorrAdd')
- 22	  map <unique> <Leader>a  <Plug>TypecorrAdd
+ 21	if !hasmapto('<Plug>TypecorrAdd;')
+ 22	  map <unique> <Leader>a  <Plug>TypecorrAdd;
 23	endif

-This checks if a mapping to "<Plug>TypecorrAdd" already exists, and only
+This checks if a mapping to "<Plug>TypecorrAdd;" already exists, and only
 defines the mapping from "<Leader>a" if it doesn't.  The user then has a
 chance of putting this in his vimrc file: >

-	map ,c  <Plug>TypecorrAdd
+	map ,c  <Plug>TypecorrAdd;

 Then the mapped key sequence will be ",c" instead of "_a" or "\a".

@@ -2087,8 +2095,8 @@ prepending it with "s:".
 We will define a function that adds a new typing correction: >

 30	function s:Add(from, correct)
- 31	  let to = input("type the correction for " . a:from . ": ")
- 32	  exe ":iabbrev " . a:from . " " . to
+ 31	  let to = input("type the correction for " .. a:from .. ": ")
+ 32	  exe ":iabbrev " .. a:from .. " " .. to
 ..
 36	endfunction

@@ -2100,15 +2108,15 @@ function (without the "s:"), which is again another function.
 <SID> can be used with mappings.  It generates a script ID, which identifies
 the current script.  In our typing correction plugin we use it like this: >

- 24	noremap <unique> <script> <Plug>TypecorrAdd  <SID>Add
+ 24	noremap <unique> <script> <Plug>TypecorrAdd;  <SID>Add
 ..
 28	noremap <SID>Add  :call <SID>Add(expand("<cword>"), 1)<CR>

 Thus when a user types "\a", this sequence is invoked: >

-	\a  ->  <Plug>TypecorrAdd  ->  <SID>Add  ->  :call <SID>Add()
+	\a  ->  <Plug>TypecorrAdd;  ->  <SID>Add  ->  :call <SID>Add()

-If another script was also map <SID>Add, it would get another script ID and
+If another script also maps <SID>Add, it will get another script ID and
 thus define another mapping.

 Note that instead of s:Add() we use <SID>Add() here.  That is because the
@@ -2149,9 +2157,9 @@ difference between using <SID> and <Plug>:
 	To make it very unlikely that other plugins use the same sequence of
 	characters, use this structure: <Plug> scriptname mapname
 	In our example the scriptname is "Typecorr" and the mapname is "Add".
-	This results in "<Plug>TypecorrAdd".  Only the first character of
-	scriptname and mapname is uppercase, so that we can see where mapname
-	starts.
+	We add a semicolon as the terminator.  This results in
+	"<Plug>TypecorrAdd;".  Only the first character of scriptname and
+	mapname is uppercase, so that we can see where mapname starts.

 <SID>	is the script ID, a unique identifier for a script.
 	Internally Vim translates <SID> to "<SNR>123_", where "123" can be any
@@ -2193,7 +2201,7 @@ a few lines to count the number of corrections: >
 30	function s:Add(from, correct)
 ..
 34	  let s:count = s:count + 1
- 35	  echo s:count . " corrections now"
+ 35	  echo s:count .. " corrections now"
 36	endfunction

 First s:count is initialized to 4 in the script itself.  When later the
@@ -2226,21 +2234,21 @@ Here is the resulting complete example: >
 18		\ synchronization
 19	let s:count = 4
 20
- 21	if !hasmapto('<Plug>TypecorrAdd')
- 22	  map <unique> <Leader>a  <Plug>TypecorrAdd
+ 21	if !hasmapto('<Plug>TypecorrAdd;')
+ 22	  map <unique> <Leader>a  <Plug>TypecorrAdd;
 23	endif
- 24	noremap <unique> <script> <Plug>TypecorrAdd  <SID>Add
+ 24	noremap <unique> <script> <Plug>TypecorrAdd;  <SID>Add
 25
 26	noremenu <script> Plugin.Add\ Correction      <SID>Add
 27
 28	noremap <SID>Add  :call <SID>Add(expand("<cword>"), 1)<CR>
 29
 30	function s:Add(from, correct)
- 31	  let to = input("type the correction for " . a:from . ": ")
- 32	  exe ":iabbrev " . a:from . " " . to
+ 31	  let to = input("type the correction for " .. a:from .. ": ")
+ 32	  exe ":iabbrev " .. a:from .. " " .. to
 33	  if a:correct | exe "normal viws\<C-R>\" \b\e" | endif
 34	  let s:count = s:count + 1
- 35	  echo s:count . " corrections now"
+ 35	  echo s:count .. " corrections now"
 36	endfunction
 37
 38	if !exists(":Correct")
@@ -2279,7 +2287,7 @@ Here is a simple example for a plugin help file, called "typecorr.txt": >
  6	There are currently only a few corrections.  Add your own if you like.
  7
  8	Mappings:
-  9	<Leader>a   or   <Plug>TypecorrAdd
+  9	<Leader>a   or   <Plug>TypecorrAdd;
 10		Add a correction for the word under the cursor.
 11
 12	Commands:
@@ -2417,13 +2425,13 @@ To make sure mappings will only work in the current buffer use the >
 command.  This needs to be combined with the two-step mapping explained above.
 An example of how to define functionality in a filetype plugin: >

-	if !hasmapto('<Plug>JavaImport')
-	  map <buffer> <unique> <LocalLeader>i <Plug>JavaImport
+	if !hasmapto('<Plug>JavaImport;')
+	  map <buffer> <unique> <LocalLeader>i <Plug>JavaImport;
 	endif
-	noremap <buffer> <unique> <Plug>JavaImport oimport ""<Left><Esc>
+	noremap <buffer> <unique> <Plug>JavaImport; oimport ""<Left><Esc>

 |hasmapto()| is used to check if the user has already defined a map to
-<Plug>JavaImport.  If not, then the filetype plugin defines the default
+<Plug>JavaImport;.  If not, then the filetype plugin defines the default
 mapping.  This starts with |<LocalLeader>|, which allows the user to select
 the key(s) he wants filetype plugin mappings to start with.  The default is a
 backslash.
@@ -2440,12 +2448,12 @@ plugin for the mail filetype: >
 	" Add mappings, unless the user didn't want this.
 	if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_mail_maps")
 	  " Quote text by inserting "> "
-	  if !hasmapto('<Plug>MailQuote')
-	    vmap <buffer> <LocalLeader>q <Plug>MailQuote
-	    nmap <buffer> <LocalLeader>q <Plug>MailQuote
+	  if !hasmapto('<Plug>MailQuote;')
+	    vmap <buffer> <LocalLeader>q <Plug>MailQuote;
+	    nmap <buffer> <LocalLeader>q <Plug>MailQuote;
 	  endif
-	  vnoremap <buffer> <Plug>MailQuote :s/^/> /<CR>
-	  nnoremap <buffer> <Plug>MailQuote :.,$s/^/> /<CR>
+	  vnoremap <buffer> <Plug>MailQuote; :s/^/> /<CR>
+	  nnoremap <buffer> <Plug>MailQuote; :.,$s/^/> /<CR>
 	endif

 Two global variables are used:
@@ -2488,7 +2496,7 @@ should be undone.  Set the b:undo_ftplugin variable to the commands that will
 undo the settings in your filetype plugin.  Example: >

 	let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< tw< commentstring<"
-		\ . "| unlet b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:match_skip"
+		\ .. "| unlet b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:match_skip"

 Using ":setlocal" with "<" after the option name resets the option to its
 global value.  That is mostly the best way to reset the option value.
@@ -2609,17 +2617,17 @@ The following example shows how it's done: >
 		map <F19> :call BufNetWrite('something')<CR>

 		let s:did_load = 1
-		exe 'au FuncUndefined BufNet* source ' . expand('<sfile>')
+		exe 'au FuncUndefined BufNet* source ' .. expand('<sfile>')
 		finish
 	endif

 	function BufNetRead(...)
-		echo 'BufNetRead(' . string(a:000) . ')'
+		echo 'BufNetRead(' .. string(a:000) .. ')'
 		" read functionality here
 	endfunction

 	function BufNetWrite(...)
-		echo 'BufNetWrite(' . string(a:000) . ')'
+		echo 'BufNetWrite(' .. string(a:000) .. ')'
 		" write functionality here
 	endfunction

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 10
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 16


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			encoding because it contains illegal bytes.
 			Does not wrap around the end of the file.
 			Note that when the cursor is on an illegal byte or the
-			cursor is halfway a multi-byte character the command
+			cursor is halfway a multibyte character the command
 			won't move the cursor.

 						*:p* *:pr* *:print* *E749*
@@ -142,19 +142,21 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 				quit
 <
 							*:z* *E144*
-:{range}z[+-^.=]{count}	Display several lines of text surrounding the line
-			specified with {range}, or around the current line
-			if there is no {range}.  If there is a {count}, that's
-			how many lines you'll see; if there is only one window
-			then twice the value of the 'scroll' option is used,
-			otherwise the current window height minus 3 is used.
+:[range]z[+-^.=][count]	Display several lines of text surrounding the line
+			specified with [range], or around the current line
+			if there is no [range].

-			If there is a {count} the 'window' option is set to
+			If there is a [count], that's how many lines you'll
+			see; if there is no [count] and only one window then
+			twice the value of the 'scroll' option is used,
+			otherwise the current window height minus 3 is used.
+			This is the value of "scr" in the table below.
+
+			If there is a [count] the 'window' option is set to
 			its value.

 			:z can be used either alone or followed by any of
-			several punctuation marks.  These have the following
-			effect:
+			several marks.  These have the following effect:

 			mark   first line    last line      new cursor line ~
 			----   ----------    ---------      ------------
@@ -168,7 +170,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			If the mark is "=", a line of dashes is printed
 			around the current line.

-:{range}z#[+-^.=]{count}				*:z#*
+:[range]z#[+-^.=][count]				*:z#*
 			Like ":z", but number the lines.

 							*:=*
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version5.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*version5.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 02


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -2133,12 +2133,12 @@ it is invoked.
 Deleted the "os_archie" files, they were not working anyway.


-Multi-byte support					*new-multi-byte*
+Multi-byte support			*new-multi-byte* *new-multibyte*
 ------------------

 MultiByte support for Win32 GUI. (Baek)
 The 'fileencoding' option decides how the text in the file is encoded.
-":ascii" works for multi-byte characters.  Multi-byte characters work on
+":ascii" works for multibyte characters.  Multi-byte characters work on
 Windows 95, even when using the US version. (Aaron)
 Needs to be enabled in feature.h.
 This has not been tested much yet!
@@ -3671,10 +3671,10 @@ For the ":clist" command, you can scroll backwards with "b" (one screenful),
 "u" (half a screenful) and "k" (one line).

 Multi-byte support:
- X-input method for multi-byte characters.  And various fixes for multi-byte
+- X-input method for multibyte characters.  And various fixes for multibyte
  support. (Nam)
 - Hangul input method feature: |hangul|. (Nam)
- Cleaned up configuration of multi-byte support, XIM, fontset and Hangul
+- Cleaned up configuration of multibyte support, XIM, fontset and Hangul
  input.  Each is now configurable separately.
 - Changed check for GTK_KEYBOARD to HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE. (Nam)
 - Added doc/hangulin.txt: Documentation for the Hangul input code. (Nam)
@@ -3682,10 +3682,10 @@ Multi-byte support:
 - First attempt to include support for SJIS encoding. (Nagano)
 - When a double-byte character doesn't fit at the end of the line, put a "~"
  there and print it on the next line.
- Optimize output of multi-byte text. (Park)
+- Optimize output of multibyte text. (Park)
 - Win32 IME: preedit style is like over-the-spot. (Nagano)
 - Win32 IME: IME mode change now done with ImmSetOpenStatus. (Nagano)
- GUI Athena: file selection dialog can display multi-byte characters.
+- GUI Athena: file selection dialog can display multibyte characters.
  (Nagano)
 - Selection reply for XA_TEXT as XA_STRING. (Nagano)

@@ -3720,7 +3720,7 @@ X11:
  with the VisualNOS group to show this. (Madsen)
 - Support for requesting the type of clipboard support.  Used for AIX and
  dtterm. (Wittig)
- Support compound_text selection (even when compiled without multi-byte).
+- Support compound_text selection (even when compiled without multibyte).

 Swap file:
 - New variation for naming swap files: Replace path separators into %, place
@@ -4063,7 +4063,7 @@ compiling pathdef.c.  Replaced it with "tr".

 Perl: DO_JOIN was redefined by Perl.  Undefined it in the perl files.

-Various XIM and multi-byte fixes:
+Various XIM and multibyte fixes:
 - Fix user cannot see his language while he is typing his language with
  off-the-spot method. (Nagano)
 - Fix preedit position using text/edit area (using gui.wid). (Nagano)
@@ -4080,7 +4080,7 @@ Various XIM and multi-byte fixes:
 - XIM: Composed strings were sometimes ignored.  Vim crashed when compose
  string was longer than 256 bytes.  IM's geometry control is fixed. (Nam,
  Nagano)
- Win32 multi-byte: hollowed cursor width on a double byte char was wrong.
+- Win32 multibyte: hollowed cursor width on a double byte char was wrong.
  (Nagano)
 - When there is no GUI, selecting XIM caused compilation problems.
  Automatically disable XIM when there is no GUI in configure.
@@ -4417,7 +4417,7 @@ Now map <xF4> to <F4>, so that the user can override this.
 When compiling os_win32.c with MIN_FEAT the apply_autocmds() should not be
 used. (Aaron)

-This autocommand looped forever: ":au FileChangedShell * nested e <afile>"
+This autocommand looped forever: ":au FileChangedShell * ++nested e <afile>"
 Now FileChangeShell never nests. (Roemer)

 When evaluating an ":elseif" that was not going to matter anyway, ignore
@@ -5496,7 +5496,7 @@ Solution:   When there is a comment leader for the new line, but 'autoindent'
 Files:	    src/misc1.c

 Patch 5.4.26
-Problem:    Multi-byte: a multi-byte character is never recognized in a file
+Problem:    Multi-byte: a multibyte character is never recognized in a file
 	    name, causing a backslash before it to be removed on Windows.
 Solution:   Assume that a leading-byte character is a file name character in
 	    vim_isfilec().
@@ -5945,7 +5945,7 @@ __TIME__. (John Card II)
 BeOS: Adjust computing the char_height and char_ascent.  Round them up
 separately, avoids redrawing artifacts. (Mike Steed)

-Fix a few multi-byte problems in menu_name_skip(), set_reg_ic(), searchc() and
+Fix a few multibyte problems in menu_name_skip(), set_reg_ic(), searchc() and
 findmatchlimit(). (Taro Muraoka)

 GTK GUI:
@@ -6631,9 +6631,9 @@ Solution:   Use a shell extension dll. (Tianmiao Hu)
 Files:	    src/dosinst.c, src/uninstal.c, gvimext/*, runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

 Patch 5.6a.028 (extra)
-Problem:    Win32 GUI: Dialogs and tear-off menus can't handle multi-byte
+Problem:    Win32 GUI: Dialogs and tear-off menus can't handle multibyte
 	    characters.
-Solution:   Adjust nCopyAnsiToWideChar() to handle multi-byte characters
+Solution:   Adjust nCopyAnsiToWideChar() to handle multibyte characters
 	    correctly.
 Files:	    src/gui_w32.c

@@ -6727,9 +6727,9 @@ Many fixes to Macintosh specific parts: (mostly by Dany StAmant)
 - Add digraphs table. (Axel Kielhorn)
 - Multi-byte support: (Kenichi Asai)
  Switch keyscript when going in/out of Insert mode.
-  Draw multi-byte character correctly.
-  Don't use mblen() but highest bit of char to detect multi-byte char.
-  Display value of multi-byte in statusline (also for other systems).
+  Draw multibyte character correctly.
+  Don't use mblen() but highest bit of char to detect multibyte char.
+  Display value of multibyte in statusline (also for other systems).
 - mouse button was not initialized properly to MOUSE_LEFT when
  USE_CTRLCLICKMENU not defined.
 - With Japanese SJIS characters: Make "w", "b", and "e" work
@@ -6981,7 +6981,7 @@ Solution:   Support TEXT and COMPOUND_TEXT selection targets. (ChiDeok Hwang)
 Files:	    src/gui_gtk_x11.c

 Patch 5.6.037
-Problem:    Multi-byte: Can't use "f" command with multi-byte character in GUI.
+Problem:    Multi-byte: Can't use "f" command with multibyte character in GUI.
 Solution:   Enable XIM in Normal mode for the GUI. (Sung-Hyun Nam)
 Files:	    src/gui_gtk_x11.c, src/multbyte.c

@@ -7094,7 +7094,7 @@ Files:	    src/fileio.c, src/tag.c
 Patch 5.6.052
 Problem:    Multi-byte: When an Ex command has a '|' or '"' as a second byte,
 	    it terminates the command.
-Solution:   Skip second byte of multi-byte char when checking for '|' and '"'.
+Solution:   Skip second byte of multibyte char when checking for '|' and '"'.
 	    (Asai Kenichi)
 Files:	    src/ex_docmd.c

@@ -7246,7 +7246,7 @@ Files:	    src/Makefile.bor, src/dosinst.c

 Patch 5.6.074 (extra)
 Problem:    Entering CSI directly doesn't always work, because it's recognized
-	    as the start of a special key.  Mostly a problem with multi-byte
+	    as the start of a special key.  Mostly a problem with multibyte
 	    in the GUI.
 Solution:   Use K_CSI for a typed CSI character.  Use <CSI> for a normal CSI,
 	    <xCSI> for a CSI typed in the GUI.
@@ -7337,7 +7337,7 @@ Solution:   Use IsBadStringPtr() to check if the pointer is valid.
 Files:	    src/os_win32.c

 Patch 5.6.087
-Problem:    Multi-byte: Commands and messages with multi-byte characters are
+Problem:    Multi-byte: Commands and messages with multibyte characters are
 	    displayed wrong.
 Solution:   Detect double-byte characters. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
 Files:	    src/ex_getln.c, src/message.c, src/misc2.c, src/screen.c
@@ -7384,9 +7384,9 @@ Solution:   Don't write a message about the file read from stdin until the GUI
 Files:	    src/fileio.c

 Patch 5.6.094
-Problem:    Problem with multi-byte string for ":echo var".
+Problem:    Problem with multibyte string for ":echo var".
 Solution:   Check for length in msg_outtrans_len_attr(). (Sung-Hyun Nam)
-	    Also make do_echo() aware of multi-byte characters.
+	    Also make do_echo() aware of multibyte characters.
 Files:	    src/eval.c, src/message.c

 Patch 5.6.095
@@ -7417,9 +7417,9 @@ Files:	    src/misc1.c

 Patch 5.7a.003
 Problem:    Multi-byte: After using CTRL-O in Insert mode with the cursor at
-	    the end of the line on a multi-byte character the cursor moves to
+	    the end of the line on a multibyte character the cursor moves to
 	    the left.
-Solution:   Check for multi-byte character at end-of-line. (Taro Muraoka)
+Solution:   Check for multibyte character at end-of-line. (Taro Muraoka)
 	    Also: fix cls() to detect a double-byte character. (Chong-Dae Park)
 Files:	    src/edit.c, src/search.c

@@ -7736,7 +7736,7 @@ Solution:   Disallow executing a shell command in get_cmd_output() and
 Files:	    src/misc1.c, src/os_unix.c

 Patch 5.7.019
-Problem:    Multibyte: In a substitute string, a multi-byte character isn't
+Problem:    Multibyte: In a substitute string, a multibyte character isn't
 	    skipped properly, can be a problem when the second byte is a
 	    backslash.
 Solution:   Skip an extra byte for a double-byte character. (Muraoka Taro)
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More